Wolf L SO30F, L SO30U, L SO36U, L DO30F, L DO30U, E SO30-2F, E SO30-2U, E DO30-2F, E DO30-2U oven, MWC24 microwave, warming drawer Design Guide
Below you will find brief information for oven L SO30F, oven L SO30U, oven L SO36U, oven L DO30F, oven L DO30U, oven E SO30-2F, oven E SO30-2U, oven E DO30-2F, oven E DO30-2U, microwave MWC24. Wolf ovens come with a variety of features, including a dual convection system, ten different cooking modes, a cobalt blue porcelain interior, and a temperature probe. The Wolf convection microwave oven combines the best of both cooking technologies in one unit, with a 1.5 cu ft capacity and 900 watts of power.
Advertisement
Advertisement
WOLF DESIGN GUIDE
C O N T E N T S
Wolf L Series Built-In Ovens
Wolf E Series Built-In Ovens
Wolf Microwave Ovens
Wolf Warming Drawers
Wolf Induction Cooktops
Wolf Electric Cooktops
Wolf Gas Cooktops
Wolf Integrated Modules
50
55
Wolf Dual Fuel Ranges 64
Wolf Sealed Burner Rangetops 71
Wolf Gas Ranges 77
Wolf Gas Rangetops
Wolf Outdoor Grills
Wolf Cooktop Ventilation
Wolf Pro Ventilation
Ventilation Recommendations 115
Wolf Warranty 121
84
88
92
102
22
30
36
4
9
15
Features and specifications indicated herein and on our website are subject to change at any time without notice.
Check our website, wolfappliance.com, for the most up-to-date specifications.
WOLF
® is a registered trademark of Wolf Appliance, Inc.
I M P O R T A N T N O T E
As you follow these instructions, you will notice warning and caution symbols.
This blocked information is important for the safe and efficient installation of
Wolf equipment. There are two types of potential hazards that may occur during installation.
signals a situation where minor injury or product damage may occur if you do not follow instructions.
states a hazard that may cause serious injury or death if precautions are not followed.
Another footnote we would like to identify is IMPORTANT NOTE: This highlights information that is especially relevant to a problem-free installation.
W O L F D E S I G N G U I D E
W E L C O M E T O W O L F A P P L I A N C E
In this Design Guide, you’ll find all the necessary information for specifying a Wolf oven, cooktop, range, rangetop, outdoor grill or ventilation equipment into the next kitchen or home you design.
Each unit is handcrafted with the knowledge and experience gleaned from being the premier supplier of cooking equipment to professional chefs and their restaurants for nearly 75 years.
Sub-Zero, a corporate companion and kitchen soul mate, shares the identical values and pride we take in providing the best cooking equipment.
A Wolf is beautiful and will complement any design you use, whether it be contemporary or traditional.
But that’s not why many customers turn to us.
We have a passion for cooking and it shows in our work. Consumers appreciate the unique features we have built in to our many different models. You can refer to specifics as you page through this guide.
The features are as numerous as the various units you have to choose from. But one of the more prominent highlights is the Wolf Dual
Convection System that is in all our built-in ovens and dual fuel ranges. It delivers even temperature and airflow throughout the oven.
Its combination of fans and heating elements operate either simultaneously or in sequence, depending on which of the ten different cooking modes your client chooses.
In addition, our dual-stacked burners on the gas cooktops, dual fuel ranges and sealed burner rangetops are all sealed and offer you the capability of simmering foods.
Our electric cooktops are unique to the industry with their capabilities of providing simmer on all elements and the melt feature on one of the elements. Our new electric cooktops, available in
November, will also include bridge elements and timer functions.
If you are looking for cooking performance, but don’t want to shout it out in your kitchen design, one of our unframed electric cooktops may be your choice. There’s no stainless steel trim, just the sophisticated black ceramic glass top that can be mounted flush with the top of the countertop or as a frameless installation sitting on top of the countertop surface.
The sizes, alternative tops, and selection of the standard classic stainless steel and the premium finishes of carbon or platinum stainless steel make your decision-making process much more fun for you and your clients. Now you can give them exactly what they want without sacrificing the quality they demand.
In all your applications you can depend on Wolf.
That reputation is even stronger because it is backed by Sub-Zero. The combination of the two is really greater than their sum.
Each Wolf unit is backed by the best warranty in the business. Please refer to pages 122–123 for details.
Review this Design Guide in greater detail when you get a chance and keep it as a handy reference. We are confident you will like what you see.
C O N T A C T
I N F O R M A T I O N
Wolf Customer
Service:
800-332-9513
Website: wolfappliance.com
3
L S E R I E S B U I L T - I N O V E N S
Model SO30F
Model SO30U
Model SO36U
Model DO30F
W O L F L S E R I E S B U I L T - I N O V E N S
It’s hard to put into a few words the differences you will see in the Wolf built-in ovens compared to others on the market. Some of those differences are very dramatic, like the two premium finishes offered in our L Series built-in ovens along with the standard classic stainless steel.
The platinum look lets you have the beauty of stainless steel without the sheen and reduces the number of fingerprints, whereas the carbon stainless steel is unlike any other black appliance you have experienced.
Look closer and you will see two different door styles offered—framed and unframed. The framed is more traditional and lends itself nicely with a professional rangetop, while the unframed is sleek and contemporary in appearance.
Did you notice that the control panel closes? It’s an attractive feature and will enable you to hide that control panel that many of us have labored to make functional and tried to make beautiful.
Inside, the beauty, design and functionality continue. Brilliant halogen lights illuminate the beautiful blue interior. As you open the oven door, feel the smoothness of the door damper system. Pull that bottom oven rack all the way out and notice how it is nestled on the door rails. With the dual convection fans, all L Series models offer ten different cooking modes.
F E A T U R E S
Framed and unframed door styles available
Dual convection logic control system
Ten cooking modes—bake, roast, broil, convection bake, convection roast, convection broil, convection, bake stone (accessory required), dehydrate (accessory required) and proof
Rotating glass touch control panel
Cobalt blue porcelain oven interior
Three removable racks, six-level rack guide and full-extension bottom rack—five-level rack guide for 36" (914) oven
Large viewing triple-pane window
Dual interior halogen lighting
Hidden bake element and recessed broil element
Temperature probe and receptacle
Self-clean, delayed start and Sabbath features
Door hinge with hydraulic damper assures smooth opening and closing of the door
Factory-installed trim
CSA certified for US and Canada
This appliance is certified by Star-K to meet strict religious regulations in conjunction with specific instructions found on www.star-k.org.
Model DO30U
B U I L T - I N O V E N F E A T U R E S
Model SO30F/S shown
Electronics and door cooling vents
Recessed broil element
Thermostat
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Three removable racks
Hidden bake element
Door hinge with hydraulic damper
Exhaust vent
Triple-pane window
4
Gasket
Rotating electronic control panel
Oven door light switch
Location of rating plate
Probe receptacle
Halogen lights
Removable six-level rack guide
L S E R I E S B U I L T - I N O V E N S
P L A N N I N G I N F O R M A T I O N
While you have many design options to consider, there are only three different sizes to consider when planning for your layout. You can choose either a 30" (762) or 36" (914) built-in single oven or a 30" (762) double oven.
For ease of installation, Wolf recommends using
33" (838) wide cabinets with 30" (762) ovens and 39" (991) wide cabinets with the 36" (914) oven. You will need a minimum 24" (610) of usable cabinet depth. The cabinet must be able to support 250 lbs (113 kg) for a single oven and
400 lbs (181 kg) for a double oven.
Wolf L Series built-in ovens have a face trim on all four sides and will overlap stiles and rails. The trim overlaps
3
/
16
" (5) on the top,
1
/
8
" (3) on the bottom and
3
/
4
" (19) on each side.
Specifications on the following pages provide overall dimensions, rough openings and installation specifics for the three different oven sizes.
We have minimized the information contained in the illustrations, concentrating on the critical information you need to plan your installation.
A Wolf single oven may be installed below an induction, electric or gas cooktop. Wolf built-in ovens are designed and agency approved for installation with Wolf cooktops only. Refer to the electric and gas cooktops sections for additional specifications. A built-in oven cannot be installed below a Wolf rangetop.
E L E C T R I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N T S
L Series single ovens require a separate, grounded 4-wire 240/208 V AC, 60 Hz, 30 amp service with its own circuit breaker. Double ovens require a separate, grounded 4-wire
240/208 V AC, 60 Hz, 50 amp service with its own circuit breaker.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610), it is recommended that the electrical supply be placed in an adjacent cabinet within reach of the conduit.
A 2" (51) diameter hole to route the conduit through cabinetry will be required. Refer to the
Installation Specifications illustrations on the following pages for location of the electrical supply.
You must follow all National Electrical Code regulations. In addition, be aware of local codes and ordinances when installing your service.
W O L F
W A R R A N T Y
Wolf products are covered by a two and five year residential warranty
(exclusions apply).
See warranty details at the end of this guide.
M O D E L O P T I O N S
L Series Built-In Ovens
30" (762) Single Oven – Framed
Classic Stainless
SO30F/S
30" (762) Single Oven – Unframed
Classic Stainless
SO30U/S
Platinum Stainless
SO30U/P
Carbon Stainless
SO30U/B
36" (914) Single Oven – Unframed
Classic Stainless
SO36U/S
Platinum Stainless
SO36U/P
Carbon Stainless
SO36U/B
30" (762) Double Oven – Framed
Classic Stainless
DO30F/S
30" (762) Double Oven – Unframed
Classic Stainless
DO30U/S
Platinum Stainless
DO30U/P
Carbon Stainless
DO30U/B
Stainless steel finishes.
This appliance must be installed in accordance with
National Electrical Code regulations as well as all state, municipal and local codes. The correct voltage, frequency and amperage must be supplied to the appliance from a dedicated, grounded circuit that is protected by a properly sized circuit breaker or time delay fuse. The proper voltage, frequency and amperage ratings are listed on the product rating plate.
A C C E S S O R I E S
L Series Built-In Ovens
Bake stone accessory, includes stone, rack and peel
Additional oven racks
Two-piece broiler pan and temperature probe
Dehydration racks with door stop
Accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the
Showroom Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
5
L S E R I E S B U I L T - I N O V E N S
M O D E L O P T I O N S
30" (762) L Series Built-In Single Oven
Framed / Classic
SO30F/S
Unframed / Classic
SO30U/S
Unframed / Platinum SO30U/P
Unframed / Carbon
SO30U/B
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
30" (762) L Series Built-In Single Oven
Overall Dimensions
29
7
/
8
" x 27
1
/
2
" x 24"
(W x H x D)
(759 x 699 x 610)
Door Clearance
20
3
/
4
" (527)
Overall Oven
Interior Capacity
4.5 cu ft (127 L)
Overall Interior Dim
25" x 16
1
/
2
" x 19"
(W x H x D)
(635 x 419 x 483)
Usable Interior Dim
21
1
/
2
" x 16
1
/
2
" x 16
3
/
8
"
(W x H x D)
(546 x 419 x 416)
Cabinet Width
Cabinet Depth
Min Base Support
33" (838) rec
30" (762) min
24" (610) min
Opening Width
Opening Height
Trim Overlaps
Electrical Supply
250 lbs (113 kg)
28
1
/
2
" (724)
27
3
/
16
" (691)
3
/
16
" (5) top
1
/
8
" (3) bottom
3
/
4
" (19) each side
240/208 V AC, 60 Hz
30 amp circuit
Conduit
Electrical Rating
Total Amps
Shipping Weight
4' (1.2 m) flexible 4-wire
5.1 kW at 240 V
3.8 kW at 208 V
21
273 lbs (124 kg)
I N S T A L L A T I O N O P T I O N S
The Wolf 30" (762) L Series single oven may be installed below a Wolf 30" (762) induction, electric or gas cooktop. Unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610), it is recommended that the electrical supply be placed in the base cabinet to the right of the oven within reach of the conduit. It may also be installed below a 36" (914) induction, electric or gas cooktop.
A 30" (762) L Series single oven may be installed in combination with a Wolf microwave and warming drawer. Refer to the warming drawers section for specifications.
A 30" (762) L Series single oven may be installed next to another 30" (762) L Series single oven. You must allow for a 2
1
/
2
" (64) space between the oven rough openings.
Also, a separate inner wall is required for each oven between openings.
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
6
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
30" (762) L Series Built-In Single Oven
29
7
/
8
"
(759)
27
1
/
2
"
(699)
3"
(76)
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
CONDUIT
CHANNEL
1
7
/
8
"
(48)
24"
(610)
BEHIND FRAME
26
1
/
16
"
(662)
INSIDE
SIDE TRIM
TOP VIEW
1
7
/
8
"
(48)
28
3
/
16
"
(716)
1
1
/
4
"
(32)
24"
(610)
OPEN OVEN DOOR
20
3
/
4
"
(527)
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
28"
(711)
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
30" (762) L Series Built-In Single Oven
Wall Application
24" min (610)
OPENING DEPTH
27
3
/
16
"
(691)
OPENING
HEIGHT
33"
(838)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
30" min (762)
E
28
1
/
2
"
(724)
OPENING WIDTH
ELECTRICAL LOCATION
WITHIN OPENING
APPLIES ONLY TO
CABINETS DEEPER
THAN 24" (610)
5"
(127)
4"
(102)
E
E
E
Undercounter Installation
3
3
/
4
" min (95)
24" min (610)
OPENING DEPTH
27
3
/
16
"
(691)
OPENING
HEIGHT
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTER
HEIGHT
4
3
/
4
" min (121)
33"
(838)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
30" min (762)
ELECTRICAL
LOCATION WITHIN
OPENING APPLIES
5"
(127)
ONLY TO CABINETS
DEEPER THAN 24" (610)
E
4"
(102)
E
28
1
/
2
"
(724)
OPENING WIDTH
IMPORTANT NOTE: Unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610), it is recommended that the electrical supply be placed in an adjacent cabinet within reach of the conduit. Choose the location shown in the illustrations that best suits your installation.
L S E R I E S B U I L T - I N O V E N S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
36" (914) L Series Built-In Single Oven
35
5
/
8
"
(905)
Wall Application
Undercounter Installation
24
3
/
8
"
(619)
24" min (610)
OPENING DEPTH
24
1
/
16
"
(611)
OPENING
HEIGHT
3"
(76)
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
3
3
/
4
" min (95)
24" min (610)
OPENING DEPTH
7
4
3
/
4
"
(197) rec
3
/
4
"
(121) min
24
1
/
16
"
(611)
OPENING
HEIGHT
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTER
HEIGHT
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
CONDUIT
CHANNEL
23"
(584)
INSIDE
SIDE TRIM
1
7
/
8
"
(48)
24"
(610)
BEHIND FRAME
/
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
36" (914) L Series Built-In Single Oven
39"
(991)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
36" min (914)
ELECTRICAL LOCATION
WITHIN OPENING APPLIES
ONLY TO CABINETS
DEEPER THAN 24" (610)
5"
(127)
E
4"
(102)
E
34
1
/
2
"
(876)
OPENING WIDTH
IMPORTANT NOTE: Unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610), it is recommended that the electrical supply be placed in an adjacent cabinet within reach of the conduit. Choose the location shown in the illustrations that best suits your installation.
TOP VIEW
1
7
/
8
"
(48)
34
1
/
8
"
(867)
33
11
/
16
"
(870)
39"
(991)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
36" min (914)
E
34
1
/
2
"
(876)
OPENING WIDTH
ELECTRICAL LOCATION
WITHIN OPENING APPLIES
ONLY TO CABINETS
DEEPER THAN 24" (610)
5"
(127)
4"
(102)
E
E
E
1
1
/
4
"
(32)
24"
(610)
OPEN OVEN DOOR
17 3 /
4
"
(451)
M O D E L O P T I O N S
36" (914) L Series Built-In Single Oven
Unframed / Classic
SO36U/S
Unframed / Platinum SO36U/P
Unframed / Carbon
SO36U/B
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
36" (914) L Series Built-In Single Oven
Overall Dimensions
35
5
/
8
" x 24
3
/
8
" x 24"
(W x H x D)
(905 x 619 x 610)
Door Clearance
17
3
/
4
" (451)
Overall Oven
Interior Capacity
4.4 cu ft (125 L)
Overall Interior Dim
30" x 13
1
/
4
" x 19"
(W x H x D)
(762 x 337 x 483)
Usable Interior Dim
26
1
/
2
" x 13
1
/
4
" x 16
3
/
8
"
(W x H x D)
(673 x 337 x 416)
Cabinet Width
Cabinet Depth
Min Base Support
39" (991) rec
36" (914) min
24" (610) min
Opening Width
Opening Height
Trim Overlaps
Electrical Supply
250 lbs (113 kg)
34
1
/
2
" (876)
24
1
/
16
" (611)
3
/
16
" (5) top
1
/
8
" (3) bottom
3
/
4
" (19) each side
240/208 V AC, 60 Hz
30 amp circuit
Conduit
Electrical Rating
Total Amps
Shipping Weight
3' (.9 m) flexible 4-wire
5.1 kW at 240 V
3.8 kW at 208 V
21
288 lbs (131 kg)
I N S T A L L A T I O N O P T I O N S
The Wolf 36" (914) L Series single oven may be installed below a Wolf 36" (914) induction, electric or gas cooktop. It may also be installed below a 30" (762) induction or framed electric cooktop, but not below a 30" (762) unframed electric cooktop or gas cooktop. When installed below a cooktop, it is recommended that the opening for the oven be 7
3
/
4
" (197) from the floor to ease use of the oven door.
A 36" (914) L Series single oven may be installed above or below a Wolf warming drawer with integrated drawer front. This installation may also include a convection microwave with 36" (914) trim. Refer to the warming drawers section for specifications.
A 36" (914) L Series single oven may be installed directly above another 36" (914) oven.
You must allow enough space between the oven rough openings to accommodate a base support for the top oven. It may also be installed next to another 36" (914) oven. You must allow for a 2
1
/
2
" (64) space between the oven rough openings. Also, a separate inner wall is required for each oven between openings. Each base cabinet support must be able to support 250 lbs (113 kg).
7
L S E R I E S B U I L T - I N O V E N S
M O D E L O P T I O N S
L Series Built-In Double Oven
Framed / Classic
DO30F/S
Unframed / Classic
DO30U/S
Unframed / Platinum DO30U/P
Unframed / Carbon
DO30U/B
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
L Series Built-In Double Oven
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Door Clearance
Overall Oven Interior
Capacity (per oven)
4.5 cu ft (127 L)
Overall Interior Dim
25" x 16
1
/
2
" x 19"
(W x H x D)
(635 x 419 x 483) each
Usable Interior Dim
21 1 /
2
" x 16 1 /
2
" x 16 3 /
8
"
(W x H x D)
(546 x 419 x 416) each
Cabinet Width
Cabinet Depth
Min Base Support
33" (838) rec
30" (762) min
24" (610) min
Opening Width
Opening Height
Trim Overlaps
400 lbs (181 kg)
28
1
/
2
" (724)
49
5
/
8
" (1260)
3
/
16
" (5) top
1
/
8
" (3) bottom
3
/
4
" (19) each side
Electrical Supply
29
7
/
8
" (759)
50" (1270)
24" (610)
20
3
/
4
" (527)
Conduit
Electrical Rating
Total Amps
Shipping Weight
240/208 V AC, 60 Hz
50 amp circuit
5' (1.5 m) flexible 4-wire
8.9 kW at 240 V
6.7 kW at 208 V
37
466 lbs (211 kg)
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
L Series Built-In Double Oven
50"
(1270)
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
CONDUIT
CHANNEL
1
7
/
8
"
(48)
48
1
/
2
"
(1232)
INSIDE
SIDE TRIM
29
7
/
8
"
(759)
3"
(76)
24"
(610)
BEHIND FRAME
TOP VIEW
1
7
/
8
"
(48)
1
1
/
4
"
(32)
24"
(610)
28
3
/
16
"
(716)
OPEN OVEN DOOR
20
3
/
4
"
(527)
28"
(711)
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
24" min (610)
OPENING DEPTH
49
5
/
8
"
(1260)
OPENING
HEIGHT
67" typical
(1702)
1
/
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
L Series Built-In Double Oven
Wall Application
33"
(838)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
30" min (762)
E
28
1
/
2
"
(724)
OPENING WIDTH
ELECTRICAL LOCATION
WITHIN OPENING
APPLIES ONLY TO
CABINETS DEEPER
THAN 24" (610)
5"
(127)
4"
(102)
E E
E
IMPORTANT NOTE: Unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610), it is recommended that the electrical supply be placed in an adjacent cabinet within reach of the conduit. Choose the location shown in the illustrations that best suits your installation.
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
8
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
E S E R I E S B U I L T - I N O V E N S
W O L F E S E R I E S B U I L T - I N O V E N S
Wolf E Series built-in ovens come with the classic stainless steel finish and are offered in two different door styles—framed and unframed.
The framed is more traditional and lends itself nicely with a professional rangetop, while the unframed is sleek and contemporary in appearance.
The E Series built-in design allows the front of the oven to be installed flush with surrounding cabinetry for a more integrated look or used in the standard application, where the oven trim will overlap the cabinet face.
Inside, the beauty, design and functionality continue. Brilliant halogen lights illuminate the beautiful blue interior. Pull that bottom oven rack all the way out and notice how it is nestled on the door rails. With the dual convection fans, all
E Series models offer ten different cooking modes.
F E A T U R E S
Framed and unframed door styles available
Classic stainless steel finish
Dual convection logic control system—lower oven on double ovens is non-convection
Ten cooking modes—bake, roast, broil, convection bake, convection roast, convection broil, convection, bake stone (accessory required), dehydrate (accessory required) and proof
Cobalt blue porcelain oven interior
Three removable racks with full-extension bottom rack and removable six-level rack guides
Large viewing double-pane window
Dual interior halogen lighting
Hidden bake element and recessed broil element
Temperature probe and receptacle
Self-clean, delayed start and Sabbath features
Balanced door hinges assure smooth opening and closing of the doors
CSA certified for US and Canada
NEW
Model SO30-2F/S
Model SO30-2U/S
Model DO30-2F/S
This appliance is certified by Star-K to meet strict religious regulations in conjunction with specific instructions found on www.star-k.org.
Model DO30-2U/S
E S E R I E S B U I L T - I N O V E N F E A T U R E S
Model SO30-2U/S shown
Electronics and door cooling vents
Recessed broil element
Thermostat
Oven gasket
Three removable racks
Hidden bake element
Electronic control panel
Oven door light switch
Rating plate location
Probe receptacle
Halogen light
Removable, sixlevel rack guides
Exhaust vent Double-pane window
9
E S E R I E S B U I L T - I N O V E N S
W O L F
W A R R A N T Y
Wolf products are covered by a two and five year residential warranty
(exclusions apply).
See warranty details at the end of this guide.
P L A N N I N G I N F O R M A T I O N
Wolf E Series built-in ovens are available as a
30" (762) wide single oven or 30" (762) double oven in framed or unframed door styles.
For ease of installation, Wolf recommends using
33" (838) wide cabinets with the E Series ovens.
The cabinet base platform must be able to support 250 lbs (113 kg) for a single oven and
400 lbs (181 kg) for a double oven.
For standard installations, the oven is installed by inserting into cabinetry from the front. The oven has a face trim on all four sides and will overlap stiles and rails. The trim overlaps
5
/
8
"
(16) on the top,
1
/
8
" (3) on the bottom and
3
/
4
"
(19) on each side.
The flush inset installation requires the oven to be recessed into the cabinet. A minimum 33"
(838) wide and 25" (635) deep cabinet is needed if you want the front of the oven to be flush with surrounding cabinetry.
Specifications on the following pages provide overall dimensions, rough openings and installation specifics for E Series built-in ovens.
A Wolf E Series single oven may be installed below an induction, electric or gas cooktop.
Wolf built-in ovens are designed and agency approved for installation with Wolf cooktops only. Refer to the electric and gas cooktops sections for additional specifications.
E L E C T R I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N T S
E Series single ovens require a separate, grounded 3-wire 240/208 V AC, 60 Hz, 30 amp service with its own circuit breaker. Double ovens require a separate, grounded 3-wire
240/208 V AC, 60 Hz, 50 amp service with its own circuit breaker.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610) for a standard installation or 25" (635) for a flush inset installation, it is recommended that the electrical supply be placed in an adjacent cabinet within reach of the conduit. A 2" (51) diameter hole to route the conduit through cabinetry will be required. Refer to the Installation Specifications illustrations on the following pages for location of the electrical supply.
You must follow all National Electrical Code regulations. In addition, be aware of local codes and ordinances when installing your service.
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
10
M O D E L O P T I O N S
E Series Built-In Ovens
Single Oven
Framed
Unframed
Double Oven
Framed
Unframed
SO30-2F/S
SO30-2U/S
DO30-2F/S
DO30-2U/S
This appliance must be installed in accordance with
National Electrical Code regulations as well as all state, municipal and local codes. The correct voltage, frequency and amperage must be supplied to the appliance from a dedicated, grounded circuit that is protected by a properly sized circuit breaker or time delay fuse. The proper voltage, frequency and amperage ratings are listed on the product rating plate.
A C C E S S O R I E S
E Series Built-In Ovens
Bake stone accessory, includes stone, rack and peel
Additional oven racks
Two-piece broiler pan and temperature probe
Dehydration racks with door stop
Accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the
Showroom Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
E S E R I E S B U I L T - I N O V E N S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
E Series Built-In Single Oven
1"
(25)
29
7
/
8
"
(759)
27
7
/
8
"
(708)
2
5
/
8
"
(67)
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
CONDUIT
CHANNEL
27
1
/
16
"
(687)
1
7
/
8
"
(48)
23
3
/
4
"
(603)
BEHIND FRAME
TOP VIEW
1
7
/
8
"
(48)
28
1
/
4
"
(718)
1
1
/
4
"
(32)
23
3
/
4
"
(603)
OPEN OVEN DOOR
22"
(559)
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
29
7
/
8
(759)
"
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
E Series Built-In Single Oven
Standard Installation—Wall Application
24" min (610)
OPENING DEPTH
27
3
/
16
"
(691)
OPENING
HEIGHT
33"
(838)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
30" min (762)
E
28
1
/
2
"
(724)
OPENING WIDTH
ELECTRICAL LOCATION
WITHIN OPENING
APPLIES ONLY TO
CABINETS DEEPER
THAN 24" (610)
5"
(127)
4"
(102)
E
E
E
Standard Installation—Undercounter Application
3
3
/
4
" min (95)
24" min (610)
OPENING DEPTH
27
3
/
16
"
(691)
OPENING
HEIGHT
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTER
HEIGHT
4
3
/
4
" min (121)
33"
(838)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
30" min (762)
ELECTRICAL
LOCATION WITHIN
OPENING APPLIES
ONLY TO CABINETS
5"
(127)
DEEPER THAN 24" (610)
E
4"
(102)
E
28
1
/
2
"
(724)
OPENING WIDTH
M O D E L O P T I O N S
E Series Built-In Single Oven
Framed
Unframed
SO30-2F/S
SO30-2U/S
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
E Series Built-In Single Oven
Overall Width
Overall Height
29
7
/
8
" (759)
27 7 /
8
" (708)
23
3
/
4
" (603)
Overall Depth
Door Clearance
22" (559)
Overall Oven
Interior Capacity
4.5 cu ft (127 L)
Overall Interior Dim
25" x 16
1
/
2
" x 19"
(W x H x D)
(635 x 419 x 483)
Usable Interior Dim
21
1
/
2
" x 16
1
/
2
" x 16
3
/
8
"
(W x H x D)
(546 x 419 x 416)
Min Cabinet Width
Standard
Flush Inset
Min Cabinet Depth
Standard
Flush Inset
30" (762)
33" (838)
Min Base Support
Opening Width
Flush Inset Width
Opening Height
Flush Inset Height
Trim Overlaps
Electrical Supply
24" (610)
25" (635)
250 lbs (113 kg)
28
1
/
2
" (724)
30
3
/
8
" (772) min
27
3
/
16
" (691)
28
1
/
2
" (724) min
5
/
8
" (16) top
1
/
8
" (3) bottom
3
/
4
" (19) each side
240/208 V AC, 60 Hz
30 amp circuit
Conduit
Electrical Rating
Total Amps
Shipping Weight
4' (1.2 m) flexible 3-wire
5.1 kW at 240 V
3.8 kW at 208 V
21
273 lbs (124 kg)
I N S T A L L A T I O N O P T I O N S
Wolf E Series built-in ovens may be used in a standard installation, where the face trim overlaps stiles and rails, or in a flush inset installation with the front of the oven flush with surrounding cabinetry. Refer to the following illustrations.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610) for a standard installation or 25" (635) for a flush inset installation, it is recommended that the electrical supply be placed in an adjacent cabinet within reach of the conduit. Choose the location shown in the illustrations that best suits your installation.
11
E S E R I E S B U I L T - I N O V E N S
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
E Series Built-In Single Oven
Flush Inset Installation—Wall Application
I N S T A L L A T I O N O P T I O N S
The Wolf E Series single oven may be installed below a Wolf 30" (762) induction, electric or gas cooktop. Unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610), it is recommended that the electrical supply be placed in the base cabinet to the right of the oven within reach of the conduit. It may also be installed below a 36" (914) induction, electric or gas cooktop.
An E Series single oven may be installed in combination with a Wolf microwave and warming drawer. Refer to the warming drawers section for specifications.
The E Series single oven may be installed next to another E Series single oven. You must allow for a 2
1
/
2
" (64) space between the oven rough openings. Also, a separate inner wall is required for each oven between openings.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610) for a standard installation or 25" (635) for a flush inset installation, it is recommended that the electrical supply be placed in an adjacent cabinet within reach of the conduit. Choose the location shown in the illustration that best suits your installation.
7
/
8
"
(22)
SIDE VIEW
27
3
/
16
"
(691)
OPENING
HEIGHT
28
1
/
2
" min
(724)
FLUSH
INSET
HEIGHT
7
/
16
"
(11)
24" min
(610)
OPENING
DEPTH
TOP VIEW
25" min
(635)
FLUSH
INSET
DEPTH
1"
(25)
36"
(914)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
33" min (838)
E
28
1
/
2
"
(724)
OPENING WIDTH
30
3
/
8
" min (772)
FLUSH INSET WIDTH
ELECTRICAL LOCATION
WITHIN OPENING
APPLIES ONLY TO
CABINETS DEEPER
THAN 25" (635)
5"
(127)
4"
(102)
E
E
E
For flush inset installations, the inside edges of the rough opening must be finished, as they will be exposed when the oven door is open. These edges should be stained instead of having a laminated surface, to avoid damage from high temperatures during selfclean.
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
12
E S E R I E S B U I L T - I N O V E N S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
E Series Built-In Double Oven
1"
(25)
50
3
/
8
(1280)
"
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
CONDUIT
CHANNEL
49
1
/
2
(1257)
"
1
7
/
8
"
(48)
TOP VIEW
1
7
/
8
"
(48)
1
1
/
4
(32)
"
23
3
/
4
"
(603)
28
1
/
4
"
(718)
OPEN OVEN DOOR
22"
(559)
29
7
/
8
"
(759)
29
7
/
8
"
(759)
2
5
/
8
"
(67)
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
23
3
/
4
"
(603)
BEHIND FRAME
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
E Series Built-In Double Oven
Standard Installation
24" min (610)
OPENING DEPTH
49
5
/
8
"
(1260)
OPENING
HEIGHT
33"
(838)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
30" min (762)
E
28
1
/
2
"
(724)
OPENING WIDTH
67" typical
(1702)
ELECTRICAL LOCATION
WITHIN OPENING
APPLIES ONLY TO
CABINETS DEEPER
THAN 24" (610)
5"
(127)
4"
(102)
E E
E
M O D E L O P T I O N S
E Series Built-In Double Oven
Framed
Unframed
DO30-2F/S
DO30-2U/S
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
E Series Built-In Double Oven
Overall Width
Overall Height
29
7
/
8
" (759)
50 3 /
8
" (1280)
23
3
/
4
" (603)
Overall Depth
Door Clearance
22" (559)
Overall Oven Interior
Capacity (per oven)
4.5 cu ft (127 L)
Overall Interior Dim
25" x 16
1
/
2
" x 19"
(W x H x D)
(635 x 419 x 483) each
Usable Interior Dim
21
1
/
2
" x 16
1
/
2
" x 16
3
/
8
"
(W x H x D)
(546 x 419 x 416) each
Min Cabinet Width
Standard
Flush Inset
Min Cabinet Depth
Standard
Flush Inset
30" (762)
33" (838)
Min Base Support
Opening Width
Flush Inset Width
Opening Height
Flush Inset Height
Trim Overlaps
Electrical Supply
24" (610)
25" (635)
400 lbs (181 kg)
28
1
/
2
" (724)
30
3
/
8
" (772) min
49
5
/
8
" (1260)
50
15
/
16
" (1294) min
5
/
8
" (16) top
1
/
8
" (3) bottom
3
/
4
" (19) each side
240/208 V AC, 60 Hz
50 amp circuit
Conduit
Electrical Rating
Total Amps
Shipping Weight
5' (1.5 m) flexible 3-wire
8.9 kW at 240 V
6.7 kW at 208 V
37
466 lbs (211 kg)
I N S T A L L A T I O N O P T I O N S
Wolf E Series built-in ovens may be used in a standard installation, where the face trim overlaps stiles and rails, or in a flush inset installation with the front of the oven flush with surrounding cabinetry. Refer to the following illustrations.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610) for a standard installation or 25" (635) for a flush inset installation, it is recommended that the electrical supply be placed in an adjacent cabinet within reach of the conduit. Choose the location shown in the illustration that best suits your installation.
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
13
E S E R I E S B U I L T - I N O V E N S
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
E Series Built-In Double Oven
Flush Inset Installation
I N S T A L L A T I O N O P T I O N S
The Wolf E Series double oven may be installed in combination with a Wolf warming drawer. Refer to the warming drawers section for specifications.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610) for a standard installation or 25" (635) for a flush inset installation, it is recommended that the electrical supply be placed in an adjacent cabinet within reach of the conduit. Choose the location shown in the illustration that best suits your installation.
SIDE VIEW
7
/
8
"
(22)
49
5
/
8
"
(1260)
OPENING
HEIGHT
50
15
/
16
" min (1294)
FLUSH
INSET
HEIGHT
67" typical
(1702)
24" min
(610)
OPENING
DEPTH
TOP VIEW
25" min
(635)
FLUSH
INSET
DEPTH
1"
(25)
36"
(914)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
33" min (838)
E
28
1
/
2
"
(724)
OPENING WIDTH
30
3
/
8
" min (772)
FLUSH INSET WIDTH
ELECTRICAL LOCATION
WITHIN OPENING
APPLIES ONLY TO
CABINETS DEEPER
THAN 25" (635)
5"
(127)
4"
(102)
E
E
E
7
/
16
"
(11)
For flush inset installations, the inside edges of the rough opening must be finished, as they will be exposed when the oven door is open. These edges should be stained instead of having a laminated surface, to avoid damage from high temperatures during selfclean.
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
14
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
W O L F M I C R O W A V E O V E N S
W O L F C O N V E C T I O N M I C R O W A V E
Taking the experience we’ve gained from our microwave ovens and combining that with the expertise of convection, Wolf has brought the best of both cooking technologies together in one unit.
Model MWC24 is available with trim kits to mount the unit above a 30" (762) or 36" (914)
L Series oven or 30" (762) E Series oven to finish off your cooking tower in a single look.
The L Series trim is offered in 30" (762) and 36"
(914) widths and three stainless steel finishes— classic, platinum and carbon. E Series trim comes in 27" (686) and 30" (762) widths with the classic stainless steel finish only.
Aside from looking beautiful whether you use it in conjunction with an oven or not, the unit offers you all the performance you expect from
Wolf—a cooking company with a heritage of nearly 75 years in the kitchen.
C O N V E C T I O N M I C R O W A V E F E A T U R E S
Model MWC24
Door hinges Ventilation openings (rear)
Convection air openings
Oven light
F E A T U R E S
Built-in or freestanding convection microwave oven with 1.5 cu ft (42 L) capacity and 900 watts of power
L Series trim kits allow microwave to be built in to fit above a 30" (762) or 36" (914) L Series oven
E Series trim kit allows microwave to be built in to fit above a 30" (762) E Series oven—27" (686)
E Series trim kit also available
Classic, platinum or carbon stainless steel finishes for L Series trim kits—classic stainless steel finish for E Series trim kits
Sensor cooking
Slow cook mode for up to four hours
Easy-to-operate control panel and programmable power options
Interactive display—99 minutes, 99 seconds
Menu label and food guide
Multi-language—English, French and Spanish
Removable turntable and turntable support
Microwave tray for popcorn and meat
Multiple-rack baking
Safety door latches—oven will not operate unless the door is closed
Oven light comes on when oven is operating or door is open
Tight door seals with one-touch door open pad
Model MWC24
Freestanding
Model MWC24
30" (762) L Series Trim
Model MWC24
36" (914) L Series Trim
NEW
Model MWC24
27" (686) E Series Trim
Model MWC24
30" (762) E Series Trim
Lighted digital display
Oven door with window
Safety door latches
Auto-touch control panel
One-touch door open pad
Location of rating plate
Turntable Waveguide cover
15
W O L F M I C R O W A V E O V E N S
W O L F
W A R R A N T Y
Wolf products are covered by a two and five year residential warranty
(exclusions apply).
See warranty details at the end of this guide.
P L A N N I N G I N F O R M A T I O N
The Wolf convection microwave oven can be used freestanding or with an optional trim kit.
30" (762) and 36" (914) L Series trim kits and
27" (686) and 30" (762) E Series trim kits are available. These trim kits match Wolf L Series and E Series built-in ovens. With a trim kit the microwave can be built-in to fit above an L
Series or E Series single oven of corresponding style and width.
IMPORTANT NOTE: In all instances where the microwave oven is built in, you must use one of the trim kits to ensure proper ventilation.
The Wolf convection microwave oven with trim kit will overlap stiles and rails. Trim overlaps for the 30" (762) L Series and E Series trim kits and the 36" (914) L Series trim kit are
13
/
16
" (21) on the bottom,
5
/
16
" (8) on the top and 1
3
/
16
" (30) on each side. Trim overlaps for the 27" (686)
E Series trim kit are
13
/
16
" (21) on the top and bottom, and
5
/
8
" (16) on each side.
IMPORTANT NOTE: While the look of the 30"
(762) L Series and E Series trim kits will differ, the installation dimensions are the same.
Refer to the installation instructions provided with the trim kit for detailed specifications.
When using the Wolf convection microwave oven as a freestanding unit, allow 2" (51) of airflow space on top, rear and both sides. A minimum 20
1
/
8
" (511) cabinet depth is required.
Specifications on the following pages provide overall dimensions, rough openings and installation options for the convection microwave oven.
We have minimized the information contained in the illustrations, concentrating on the critical information you need to plan your installation.
The Wolf convection microwave oven with 30"
(762) trim kit may be installed in combination with a 30" (762) single oven and 30" (762) warming drawer with stainless steel drawer front. Be sure to order the trim kit that matches the series of oven you are using in your design.
With the 36" (914) L Series trim kit, the convection microwave may be installed in combination with a 36" (914) L Series single oven and warming drawer with integrated drawer front.
Refer to installation options on the following pages.
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
E L E C T R I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N T S
The Wolf convection microwave oven requires a separate, grounded 110/120 V AC, 60 Hz power supply. The service should have its own
15 amp circuit breaker, and a grounded 3-prong receptacle should be located within reach of the power cord.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) is not recommended and may cause interruption of operation.
You must follow all National Electrical Code regulations. In addition, be aware of local codes and ordinances when installing your service.
T R I M K I T O P T I O N S
Model MWC24
30" (762) L Series Stainless Steel Trim
Classic Trim
MWCTRIM30/S
Platinum Trim
Carbon Trim
MWCTRIM30/P
MWCTRIM30/B
36" (914) L Series Stainless Steel Trim
Classic Trim
MWCTRIM36/S
Platinum Trim
Carbon Trim
MWCTRIM36/P
MWCTRIM36/B
27" (686) E Series Stainless Steel Trim
Classic Trim
MWCTRIM27-2/S
30" (762) E Series Stainless Steel Trim
Classic Trim
MWCTRIM30-2/S
Optional trim kits are ordered and shipped as a sales accessory. Accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the
Showroom Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
16
W O L F M I C R O W A V E O V E N S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
Model MWC24 with L Series Trim
24
3
/
4
"
(629)
FREE-STANDING
WIDTH
29
7
/
8
"
(759)
30" (762) TRIM WIDTH
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
1
/
4
"
(32)
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
1
1
/
4
"
(32)
Model MWC24 with 30" (762) L Series Trim
Wall Application
20
1
/
8
" min
(511)
OPENING DEPTH
18
11
/
16
"
(475)
OPENING
HEIGHT
24" min
(610)
27
3
/
16
(691)
"
1" min
(25)
Undercounter Installation
1
/
8
" (3).
20
1
/
8
" min
(511)
OPENING DEPTH
18
11
/
16
"
(475)
OPENING
HEIGHT
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTER
HEIGHT
35
5
/
8
"
(905)
36" (914) TRIM WIDTH
27
1
/
2
"
(699)
OPENING WIDTH
5"
(127)
E
4"
(102)
28
1
/
2
"
(724)
30-INCH OVEN
ROUGH OPENING
27
1
/
2
"
(699)
OPENING WIDTH
5"
(127)
E
33"
(838)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
30" min (762)
4"
(102)
IMPORTANT NOTE: For installation of the convection microwave with 36" (914) L Series trim, add 6" (152) to the overall width dimensions shown in the illustrations.
2
11
/
16
"
(68)
19
7
/
8
"
(505)
TRIM
HEIGHT
2
11
/
16
"
(68)
20
1
/
8
"
(511)
BEHIND FRAME
14
7
/
8
"
(378)
FREE-STANDING
HEIGHT
33"
(838)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
30" min (762)
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model MWC24
Convection Microwave (freestanding)
Overall Width
Overall Height
24
3
/
4
" (629)
14
7
/
8
" (378)
20
1
/
8
" (511)
Overall Depth
Interior Oven Cap
Interior Oven Dim
(W x H x D)
Electrical Supply
1.5 cu ft (42 L)
16
1
/
8
" x 9
5
/
8
" x 16
(410 x 244 x 410)
1
/
8
"
120 V AC, 60 Hz
15 amp circuit
900 W
Power
Power Requirement
1.6 kw
(with convection)
Power Cord
3 1 /
2
' (1.1 m) 3-prong
Shipping Weight
68 lbs (31 kg)
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model MWC24 with 30" (762) L Series Trim
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Cabinet Width
Min Base Support
Opening Width
Opening Height
Opening Depth
Trim Overlaps
29
7
/
8
" (759)
19
7
/
8
" (505)
20
1
/
8
" (511)
33" (838) rec
30" (762) min
125 lbs (57 kg)
27 1 /
2
" (699)
18
11
/
16
" (475)
20
1
/
8
" (511) min
5
/
16
" (8) top
13 /
16
" (21) bottom
1
3
/
16
" (30) each side
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model MWC24 with 36" (914) L Series Trim
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Cabinet Width
Min Base Support
Opening Width
Opening Height
Opening Depth
Trim Overlaps
35
5
/
8
" (905)
19
7
/
8
" (505)
20 1 /
8
" (511)
39" (991) rec
36" (914) min
125 lbs (57 kg)
33
3
/
8
" (854)
18
11
/
16
" (475)
20
1
/
8
" (511) min
5
/
16
" (8) top
13
/
16
" (21) bottom
1
3
/
16
" (30) each side
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
Refer to installation instructions provided with the trim kit for detailed specifications.
17
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model MWC24 with 30" (762) E Series Trim
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Cabinet Width
Min Base Support
Opening Width
Opening Height
Opening Depth
Trim Overlaps
29
7
/
8
" (759)
19
7
/
8
" (505)
20
1
/
8
" (511)
33" (838) rec
30" (762) min
125 lbs (57 kg)
27
1
/
2
" (699)
18
11
/
16
" (475)
20
1
/
8
" (511) min
5 /
16
" (8) top
13
/
16
" (21) bottom
1 3 /
16
" (30) each side
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model MWC24 with 27" (686) E Series Trim
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Cabinet Width
Min Base Support
Opening Width
Opening Height
Opening Depth
Trim Overlaps
26
7
/
8
" (683)
19
7
/
8
" (505)
20
1
/
8
" (511)
30" (762) rec
125 lbs (57 kg)
25
1
/
4
" (641)
18
11
/
16
" (475)
20
1
/
8
" (511) min
13 /
16
" (21) top
13
/
16
" (21) bottom
5 /
8
" (16) each side
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
W O L F M I C R O W A V E O V E N S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
Model MWC24 with E Series Trim
24
3
/
4
"
(629)
FREE-STANDING
WIDTH
29
7
/
8
"
(759)
30" (762) TRIM WIDTH
26
7
/
8
"
(683)
27" (686) TRIM WIDTH
2
11
/
16
"
(68)
19
7
/
8
"
(505)
TRIM
HEIGHT
2
11
/
16
"
(68)
20
1
/
8
"
(511)
BEHIND FRAME
14
7
/
8
"
(378)
FREE-STANDING
HEIGHT
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model MWC24 with 30" (762) E Series Trim
Wall Application
20
1
/
8
" min
(511)
OPENING DEPTH
18
11
/
16
"
(475)
OPENING
HEIGHT
24" min
(610)
1
7
/
16
" min
(37)
27
3
/
16
"
(691)
27
1
/
2
"
(699)
OPENING WIDTH
5"
(127)
E
4"
(102)
28
1
/
2
"
(724)
30-INCH OVEN
ROUGH OPENING
33"
(838)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
30" min (762)
Model MWC24 with 27" (686) E Series Trim
Undercounter Installation
20
1
/
8
" min
(511)
OPENING DEPTH
18
11
/
16
"
(475)
OPENING
HEIGHT
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTER
HEIGHT
25
1
/
4
"
(641)
OPENING WIDTH
5"
(127)
E
30"
(762)
RECOMMENDED
CABINET WIDTH
4"
(102)
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
18
W O L F M I C R O W A V E O V E N S
W O L F S T A N D A R D M I C R O W A V E
What sort of microwave oven can you expect from a cooking company? This is the only standard microwave that deserves the Wolf name.
It’s fast—1200 watts on high. Roomy—a full 2.0
cu ft (57 L). And it is a true cooking instrument with a vast range of advanced features, including sensor cooking controlled from an interactive display.
Model MW24 is available with trim kits that allow the unit to be built in to fit above a Wolf
L Series or E Series oven. The E Series trim also comes in a 27" (686) width. All trim kits have the classic stainless steel finish.
F E A T U R E S
Built-in or freestanding standard microwave oven with 2.0 cu ft (57 L) capacity and 1200 watts of power
Trim kits allow microwave to be built in to fit above a 30" (762) L Series or E Series oven—
27" (686) E Series trim kit also available
Classic stainless steel trim finish
Sensor cooking
Easy-to-operate control panel and programmable power options
Interactive display—99 minutes, 99 seconds
Warming feature
Menu label and food guide
Multi-language—English, French and Spanish
Removable turntable and support
Safety door latches—oven will not operate unless the door is closed
Oven light comes on when oven is operating or door is open
Tight door seals with one-touch door open pad
Model MW24
Freestanding
Model MW24
30" (762) L Series Trim
NEW
Model MW24
27" (686) E Series Trim
Model MW24
30" (762) E Series Trim
S T A N D A R D M I C R O W A V E F E A T U R E S
Model MW24
Door seals and sealing surfaces
Ventilation openings (rear)
Oven light
Location of rating plate
Interactive display
Control panel Safety door latches
Oven door with window
One-touch door open pad
Door hinges Turntable Waveguide cover
19
W O L F M I C R O W A V E O V E N S
W O L F
W A R R A N T Y
Wolf products are covered by a two and five year residential warranty
(exclusions apply).
See warranty details at the end of this guide.
P L A N N I N G I N F O R M A T I O N
The Wolf standard microwave oven can be used freestanding or with an optional trim kit.
A 30" (762) L Series trim kit and 27" (686) and
30" (762) E Series trim kits are available.
With a 30" (762) trim kit, the microwave can be built in to fit above a Wolf L Series or E Series single oven and/or warming drawer with L
Series or E Series stainless steel drawer front.
IMPORTANT NOTE: In all instances where the microwave oven is built in, you must use one of the trim kits to ensure proper ventilation.
The Wolf standard microwave oven with trim kit will overlap stiles and rails. Trim overlaps for the
30" (762) L Series and E Series trim kit are
13
/
16
"
(21) on the bottom,
7
/
16
" (11) on the top and
1
3
/
16
" (30) on each side. Trim overlaps for the
27" E Series trim kit are
13
/
16
" (21) on the top and bottom and
3
/
4
" (19) on each side.
IMPORTANT NOTE: While the look of the 30"
(762) L Series and E Series trim kits will differ, the installation dimensions are the same.
In a freestanding application, allow 2" (51) of airflow space on top, rear and both sides. A minimum 20" (508) cabinet depth is required.
E L E C T R I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N T S
The Wolf microwave oven requires a separate, grounded 120 V AC, 60 Hz power supply. The service should have its own 15 amp circuit breaker, and a grounded 3-prong receptacle should be located within reach of the power cord.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) is not recommended and may cause interruption of operation.
You must follow all National Electrical Code regulations. In addition, be aware of local codes and ordinances when installing your service.
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
Model MW24 with L Series Trim
24"
(610)
FREE-STANDING WIDTH
2
11
/
16
"
(68)
2
11
/
16
"
(68)
18
1
/
4
"
(464)
TRIM
HEIGHT
1
1
/
4
"
(32)
1
1
/
4
"
(32)
29
7
/
8
"
(759)
30" (762) TRIM WIDTH
19
1
/
8
"
(486)
BEHIND FRAME
13
3
/
8
"
(340)
FREE-STANDING
HEIGHT
T R I M K I T O P T I O N S
Model MW24
30" (762) L Series Stainless Steel Trim
Classic Trim
MWTRIM30/S
27" (686) E Series Stainless Steel Trim
Classic Trim
MWTRIM27-2/S
30" (762) E Series Stainless Steel Trim
Classic Trim
MWTRIM30-2/S
Optional trim kits are ordered and shipped as a sales accessory. Accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the
Showroom Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
Model MW24 with E Series Trim
24"
(610)
FREE-STANDING WIDTH
18
1
/
4
"
(464)
TRIM
HEIGHT
13
3
/
8
"
(340)
FREE-STANDING
HEIGHT
29
7
/
8
"
(759)
30" (762) TRIM WIDTH
26
7
/
8
"
(683)
27" (686) TRIM WIDTH
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Unit dimensions may vary to ± 1 /
8
" (3).
19
1
/
8
"
(486)
BEHIND FRAME
20
W O L F M I C R O W A V E O V E N S
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model MW24 with 30" (762) L Series Trim
Wall Application
20" min
(508)
17"
(432)
24" min
(610)
27
3
/
16
"
(691)
1" min
(25)
27
1
/
2
"
(699)
MICROWAVE
OPENING WIDTH
E
28
1
/
2
"
(724)
30-INCH OVEN
ROUGH OPENING
33"
(838)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
30" min (762)
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model MW24 with 30" (762) E Series Trim
Wall Application
20" min
(508)
17"
(432)
24" min
(610)
1
7
/
16
" min
(37)
27
3
/
16
"
(691)
27
1
/
2
"
(699)
MICROWAVE
OPENING WIDTH
E
28
1
/
2
"
(724)
30-INCH OVEN
ROUGH OPENING
33"
(838)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
30" min (762)
NOTE: Installation of Model MW24 with 27" (686) E Series trim not shown.
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model MW24
Standard Microwave (freestanding)
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Interior Oven Cap
Interior Oven Dim
(W x H x D)
Electrical Supply
Power
Power Cord
Shipping Weight
24" (610)
13
19
3
/
8
" (340)
1 /
8
" (486)
2.0 cu ft (57 L)
17
3
/
8
" x 10
1
/
2
" x 18
5
/
8
"
(441 x 267 x 473)
120 V AC, 60 Hz
15 amp circuit
1200 W
3' (.9 m) 3-prong
50 lbs (23 kg)
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model MW24 with 30" (762) L Series Trim
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Cabinet Width
Min Base Support
Opening Width
Opening Height
Opening Depth
Trim Overlaps
29
7
/
8
" (759)
18
1
/
4
" (464)
19
1
/
8
" (486)
33" (838) rec
30" (762) min
125 lbs (57 kg)
27
1
/
2
" (699)
17" (432)
20" (508) min
7 /
16
" (11) top
13
/
16
" (21) bottom
1 3 /
16
" (30) each side
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model MW24 with 30" (762) E Series Trim
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Cabinet Width
Min Base Support
Opening Width
Opening Height
Opening Depth
Trim Overlaps
29
7
/
8
" (759)
18
1
/
4
" (464)
19
1
/
8
" (486)
33" (838) rec
30" (762) min
125 lbs (57 kg)
27
1
/
2
" (699)
17" (432)
20" (508) min
7
/
16
" (11) top
13
/
16
" (21) bottom
1
3
/
16
" (30) each side
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model MW24 with 27" (686) E Series Trim
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Cabinet Width
Min Base Support
Opening Width
Opening Height
Opening Depth
Trim Overlaps
26
7
/
8
" (683)
18
1
/
4
" (464)
19
1
/
8
" (486)
30" (762) rec
125 lbs (57 kg)
25
1
/
4
" (641)
17" (432)
20" (508) min
13
/
16
" (21) top
13
/
16
" (21) bottom
3
/
4
" (19) each side
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
21
W O L F W A R M I N G D R A W E R S
Model WWD30
L Series Drawer Front
NEW
Model WWD30
E Series Drawer Front
(unframed shown)
Model WWD30
Integrated Drawer Front
W O L F W A R M I N G D R A W E R
Warming drawers have a clear mission in life— to take good care of good food until it’s time for you to eat. Our superior air control helps keep moist foods moist and crisp foods crisp. In addition, Wolf warming drawers are among the most spacious on the market, so you will have little problem storing items.
There is a rack for stacking food plus an optional set of six stainless steel containers with lids that divide the drawer into sections, keeping different dishes warm at the same time.
From a design perspective, you have several choices for the drawer front. Electronic controls are hidden regardless of your panel selection.
Stainless steel drawer fronts are available to match the look of the Wolf L Series and E Series built-in ovens. For the L Series drawer front, choose from the classic stainless steel look or the premium finishes of platinum or carbon stainless steel. E Series drawer fronts come in the classic stainless steel finish and framed and unframed door styles to match E Series ovens.
Also available is the integrated drawer front, which allows for a custom wood panel. Wolf offers optional decorative handles for the integrated drawer front. Keep in mind, there are significant changes to the installation procedure if you plan on using the integrated drawer front.
F E A T U R E S
L Series stainless steel drawer front with handle available in classic, platinum and carbon finishes
E Series stainless steel drawer front with handle available in classic finish
Integrated drawer front allows for custom wood panel application
850-watt heating element
Hidden electronic touch control panel
Preset and variable temperature control
Preset automatic shut-off or extended operation in Sabbath Mode
Stainless steel interior
Rack for stacking food
Removable stainless steel drawer pan
Full-extension, ball bearing drawer glides
CSA certified for US and Canada
CSA approved for outdoor installations
This appliance is certified by Star-K to meet strict religious regulations in conjunction with specific instructions found on www.star-k.org.
W O L F
W A R R A N T Y
Wolf products are covered by a two and five year residential warranty
(exclusions apply).
See warranty details at the end of this guide.
W A R M I N G D R A W E R F E A T U R E S
Model WWD30
(E Series framed drawer front shown)
Removable stainless steel drawer pan
Galvanized exterior
Rack for stacking food
Stainless steel interior
Hidden electronic touch control panel
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Ball bearing drawer glides
Location of rating plate
E Series stainless steel drawer front shown
(sold as an accessory)
A C C E S S O R I E S
Model WWD30
Six-piece container set—includes six stainless steel pans with lids: one 6.7-quart pan, one
4.1-quart pan, two 3-quart pans, two 1.8-quart pans and pan rack
Accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the
Showroom Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
22
W O L F W A R M I N G D R A W E R S
P L A N N I N G I N F O R M A T I O N
The Wolf 30" (762) warming drawer is shipped without any decorative drawer front. You must order a L Series or E Series stainless steel drawer front with handle, or the integrated front
(no handle) for a custom wood application.
Specifications on the following pages provide overall dimensions, rough openings and installation options for Model WWD30 with L Series and E Series stainless steel and integrated drawer fronts. Note that there are significant differences to the installation requirements for the integrated drawer front.
An anti-tip block or platform must be used to prevent the unit from tipping forward when the drawer is opened.
The base platform must be able to support 200 lbs (91 kg). This platform must be a minimum of
1" (25) above the toe kick to allow for the
5
/
8
"
(16) overlap of the warming drawer trim.
Model WWD30 may be installed below a Wolf built-in oven or an electric or gas cooktop, provided the warming drawer is fully enclosed, top and bottom. It may also be installed next to or above another Model WWD30. Dimensions will vary according to the specific installation.
I N T E G R A T E D D R A W E R F R O N T
IMPORTANT NOTE: A minimum 33" (838) wide cabinet is required for the warming drawer with integrated drawer front. A minimum 24" (610) deep cabinet is required for an overlay application and 25" (635) deep cabinet for a flush inset application.
Model WWD30 with integrated drawer front can accommodate installations with a 30" (762) or
36" (914) cooktop. It may also be installed in combination with a 30" (762) L Series or E Series single or double oven or a 36" (914) L Series single oven. Dimensions will vary according to the specific installation.
Keep in mind that the width of the custom panel for the warming drawer with integrated drawer front will vary according to the specific installation. The opening width will remain 29
1
/
2
" (749) whether installed in combination with a 30"
(762) or 36" (914) cooktop or oven.
The decorative wood drawer front panel must be a minimum of
5
/
8
" (16) thick.
S T A I N L E S S S T E E L D R A W E R F R O N T S
Wolf recommends using a 33" (838) wide cabinet for the warming drawer with the L Series and E Series stainless steel drawer front. A minimum 30" (762) wide by 24" (610) deep cabinet is required.
E L E C T R I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N T S
Model WWD30 requires a separate, grounded
120 V AC, 60 Hz power supply. The service should have its own 15 or 20 amp circuit breaker, and a grounded 3-prong receptacle should be located within reach of the power cord and flush with the back wall. Locate electrical within the shaded area shown in the installation illustrations on the following pages.
IMPORTANT NOTE: When installed outdoors, a ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) is required to reduce the risk of electrical shock.
A C C E S S O R I E S
Optional accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the Showroom
Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
F R O N T P A N E L O P T I O N S
Model WWD30
L Series Stainless Steel Drawer Front
Classic Finish
WWDFRONT/S
Platinum Finish
Carbon Finish
WWDFRONT/P
WWDFRONT/B
E Series Stainless Steel Drawer Front
Framed – Classic
WWDFRONT-2F/S
Unframed – Classic WWDFRONT-2U/S
Integrated Drawer Front
Accepts Wood Panel
WWDFRONT/I
Optional drawer front panels are ordered and shipped as a sales accessory.
Stainless steel drawer front panels include handles to match L Series or E Series built-in ovens.
23
W O L F W A R M I N G D R A W E R S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
Model WWD30 with L Series Drawer Front
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model WWD30 with L Series Drawer Front
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
(behind frame)
Interior Capacity
Cabinet Width
29
10
23
7
/
8
" (759)
1
/
4
" (260)
1
/
2
" (597)
Cabinet Depth
Min Base Support
Opening Width
Opening Height
Opening Depth
Electrical Supply
Heating Element
Power Cord
Shipping Weight
1.6 cu ft (45 L)
33" (838) rec
30" (762) min
24" (610) min
200 lbs (91 kg)
28
5
/
8
" (727)
9
1
/
8
" (232)
23
7
/
8
" (606)
120 V AC, 60 Hz
15 or 20 amp circuit
850 W
3' (.9 m) 3-prong
100 lbs (45 kg)
29
7
/
8
"
(759)
OVERALL WIDTH
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model WWD30 with L Series Drawer Front
Undercounter Installation
2"
(51) x
2"
(51)
ANTI-TIP BLOCK
DIMENSION
WILL VARY*
10
1
/
4
"
(260)
27
1
/
8
"
(689)
OVERALL DEPTH
23
1
/
2
"
(597)
BEHIND FRAME
9"
(229)
33"
(838)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
30" min (762)
I N S T A L L A T I O N
O P T I O N S
Model WWD30 with
L Series drawer front may be installed below an induction, electric or gas cooktop, provided the warming drawer is fully enclosed, top and bottom, with a minimum base support of 200 lbs (91 kg).
Refer to the cooktop sections for additional specifications.
Model WWD30 with
L Series drawer front may be installed above or below a 30" (762) L Series single or double oven provided the warming drawer is fully enclosed, top and bottom, with a minimum base support of 200 lbs (91 kg).
Refer to the L Series built-in oven section for additional specifications. It may also be installed next to or above another Model
WWD30 with L Series drawer front. Refer to the following pages for additional applications.
Installation with 30" (762) L Series Single Oven
24" min (610)
CABINET DEPTH
*Allow enough room for placement of anti-tip block and drawer face overlap.
24" min
(610)
7
/
8
"
(22)
PLATFORM
9
1
/
8
"
(232)
OPENING
HEIGHT
23
7
/
8
" min (606)
OPENING DEPTH
27
3
/
16
"
(691)
7
/
8
"
(22)
9
1
/
8
"
(232)
OPENING
HEIGHT
23
7
/
8
" min (606)
OPENING DEPTH
24" min (610)
CABINET DEPTH
24" min (610)
CABINET DEPTH
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTER
HEIGHT
ALLOW FOR
5
/
8
"
(16)
OVERLAP OF
DRAWER FACE
ON ALL SIDES
24" min
(610)
2"
(51) x
2"
(51)
ANTI-TIP BLOCK
9
1
/
8
"
(232)
OPENING
HEIGHT
23
7
/
8
" min (606)
OPENING DEPTH
27
3
/
16
"
(691)
2
3
/
8
(60)
"
ALLOW FOR
5
/
8
"
(16)
OVERLAP OF
DRAWER FACE
ON ALL SIDES
4"
(102)
5"
(127)
E
28
5
/
8
"
(727)
OPENING WIDTH
5" min (127)
BOTTOM
OF OPENING
TO FLOOR
33"
(838)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
30" min (762)
28
1
/
2
"
(724)
30-INCH OVEN
ROUGH OPENING
4"
(102)
5"
(127)
E
28
5
/
8
"
(727)
WARMING DRAWER
OPENING WIDTH
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
24
PLATFORM APPLICATION ANTI-TIP BLOCK APPLICATION NOTE: Refer to the 30" (762) L Series built-in oven specifications for electrical location
W O L F W A R M I N G D R A W E R S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
Model WWD30 with E Series Drawer Front
(E Series unframed drawer front shown)
26"
(660)
OVERALL DEPTH
10
1
/
4
"
(260)
9"
(229)
29
7
/
8
"
(759)
OVERALL WIDTH
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
23
1
/
2
"
(597)
BEHIND FRAME
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model WWD30 with E Series Drawer Front
Undercounter Installation
2"
(51) x
2"
(51)
ANTI-TIP BLOCK
DIMENSION
WILL VARY*
9
1
/
8
"
(232)
OPENING
HEIGHT
23
7
/
8
" min (606)
OPENING DEPTH
24" min (610)
CABINET DEPTH
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTER
HEIGHT
ALLOW FOR
5
/
8
"
(16)
OVERLAP OF
DRAWER FACE
ON ALL SIDES
33"
(838)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
30" min (762)
28
5
/
8
4"
(102)
"
(727)
5"
(127)
OPENING WIDTH
E
5" min (127)
BOTTOM
OF OPENING
TO FLOOR
*Allow enough room for placement of anti-tip block and drawer face overlap.
Installation with 30" (762) E Series Single Oven
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model WWD30 with E Series Drawer Front
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
(behind frame)
Interior Capacity
Cabinet Width
29
10
23
7
1
1
/
8
" (759)
/
4
" (260)
/
2
" (597)
Cabinet Depth
Min Base Support
Opening Width
Opening Height
Opening Depth
Electrical Supply
Heating Element
Power Cord
Shipping Weight
1.6 cu ft (45 L)
33" (838) rec
30" (762) min
24" (610) min
200 lbs (91 kg)
28
5
/
8
" (727)
9
1
/
8
" (232)
23
7
/
8
" (606)
120 V AC, 60 Hz
15 or 20 amp circuit
850 W
3' (.9 m) 3-prong
100 lbs (45 kg)
24" min (610)
CABINET DEPTH
24" min
(610)
7
/
8
"
(22)
PLATFORM
9
1
/
8
"
(232)
OPENING
HEIGHT
23
7
/
8
" min (606)
OPENING DEPTH
27
3
/
16
"
(691)
7
/
8
"
(22)
24" min
(610)
2"
(51) x
2"
(51)
ANTI-TIP BLOCK
9
1
/
8
"
(232)
OPENING
HEIGHT
23
7
/
8
" min (606)
OPENING DEPTH
27
3
/
16
"
(691)
2
3
/
8
(60)
"
PLATFORM APPLICATION
24" min (610)
CABINET DEPTH
33"
(838)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
30" min (762)
28
1
/
2
"
(724)
30-INCH OVEN
ROUGH OPENING
4"
(102)
5"
(127)
E
28
5
/
8
"
(727)
WARMING DRAWER
OPENING WIDTH
I N S T A L L A T I O N
O P T I O N S
Model WWD30 with
E Series drawer front may be installed below an induction, electric or gas cooktop, provided the warming drawer is fully enclosed, top and bottom, with a minimum base support of 200 lbs (91 kg).
Refer to the cooktop sections for additional specifications.
Model WWD30 with
E Series drawer front may be installed above or below a 30" (762) E Series single or double oven provided the warming drawer is fully enclosed, top and bottom, with a minimum base support of 200 lbs (91 kg).
Refer to the E Series built-in oven section for additional specifications. It may also be installed next to or above another Model
WWD30 with E Series drawer front. Refer to the following pages for additional applications.
ANTI-TIP BLOCK APPLICATION NOTE: Refer to the 30" (762) E Series built-in oven specifications for electrical location.
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
25
W O L F W A R M I N G D R A W E R S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
Model WWD30 with Integrated Drawer Front
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model WWD30 with
Integrated Drawer Front
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
(behind frame)
29
10
23
3
/
8
" (746)
1
/
8
" (257)
1
/
2
" (597)
Interior Capacity
1.6 cu ft (45 L)
Min Cabinet Width
33" (838)
Min Cabinet Depth
Overlay
Flush Inset
Min Base Support
Opening Width
24" (610)
25" (635)
200 lbs (91 kg)
29 1 /
2
" (749)
10
1
/
4
" (260)
Opening Height
Opening Depth*
24" (610)
Min Panel Size (W x H)
Overlay
30" (762) x 10
3
/
8
" (264)
Flush Inset
29
3
/
8
" (746) x 10
1
/
8
" (257)
Min Panel Thickness
5
/
8
" (16)
Electrical Supply
120 V AC, 60 Hz
15 or 20 amp circuit
850 W
Heating Element
Power Cord
Shipping Weight
3' (.9 m) 3-prong
100 lbs (45 kg)
*For flush inset application, add thickness of drawer face to opening depth.
10
1
/
8
"
(257)
29
3
/
8
"
(746)
OVERALL WIDTH
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
23
1
/
2
"
(597)
BEHIND FRAME
9"
(229)
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model WWD30 with Integrated Drawer Front
Undercounter Installation
Overlay Application
2"
(51) x
2"
(51)
ANTI-TIP BLOCK
DIMENSION
WILL VARY*
9
7
/
8
"
(251)
10
1
/
4
"
(260)
OPENING
HEIGHT
24" min (610)
OPENING DEPTH
24" min (610)
CABINET DEPTH
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTER
HEIGHT
ALLOW FOR
OVERLAP OF
DECORATIVE
DRAWER FACE
ON ALL SIDES**
33"
(838)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
30" min (762)
4"
(102)
5"
(127)
E
29
1
/
2
"
(749)
OPENING WIDTH
5" min (127)
BOTTOM
OF OPENING
TO FLOOR
I N S T A L L A T I O N O P T I O N S
Model WWD30 with integrated drawer front may be installed below an induction, electric or gas cooktop, provided the warming drawer is fully enclosed, top and bottom, with a minimum base support of 200 lbs (91 kg).
Refer to the cooktop sections for additional specifications. It may also be installed next to or above another Model WWD30 with integrated drawer front. Refer to the following pages for additional applications.
Dimensions will vary according to the specific installation.
*Allow enough room for placement of anti-tip block and drawer face overlap.
**Overlap of decorative drawer face will vary depending on the size of the custom panel.
Flush Inset Application
2"
(51) x
2"
(51)
ANTI-TIP BLOCK
DIMENSION
WILL VARY*
9
7
/
8
"
(251)
10
1
/
4
"
(260)
OPENING
HEIGHT
24"
(610) + THICKNESS
OF DRAWER FACE
FOR OPENING DEPTH
25" min (635)
CABINET DEPTH
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTER
HEIGHT
33"
(838)
MINIMUM CABINET WIDTH
5"
4"
(102)
(127)
E
29
1
/
2
"
(749)
OPENING WIDTH
5" min (127)
BOTTOM
OF OPENING
TO FLOOR
*Allow enough room for placement of anti-tip block.
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
26
W O L F W A R M I N G D R A W E R S
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model WWD30 with Integrated Drawer Front
Installation with 30" (762) L Series or E Series Single Oven
24" min (610)
CABINET DEPTH
25" min (635)
CABINET DEPTH
24" min
(610)
27
3
/
16
(691)
" 24" min
(610)
27
3
/
16
(691)
"
2"
(51) x
2"
(51)
ANTI-TIP BLOCK
2"
(51) x
2"
(51)
ANTI-TIP BLOCK
9
7
/
8
"
(251)
10
1
/
4
"
(260)
OPENING
HEIGHT
24" min (610)
OPENING DEPTH
1
1
/
2
" min
*
(38)
9
7
/
8
"
(251)
10
1
/
4
"
(260)
OPENING
HEIGHT
24"
(610) + THICKNESS
OF DRAWER FACE
FOR OPENING DEPTH
1
1
/
2
" min
*
(38)
33"
(838)
CABINET WIDTH
28
1
/
2
"
(724)
30-INCH OVEN
OPENING WIDTH
4"
(102)
5"
(127)
E
29
1
/
2
"
(749)
WARMING DRAWER
OPENING WIDTH
OVERLAY APPLICATION FLUSH INSET APPLICATION
*Dimension may increase depending on the size of the drawer front panel.
NOTE: Refer to the built-in 30" (762) single oven specifications for electrical location.
I N S T A L L A T I O N
O P T I O N S
Model WWD30 with integrated drawer front may be installed above or below any L Series or
E Series single or double oven provided the warming drawer is fully enclosed, top and bottom, with a minimum base support of 200 lbs (91 kg).
Refer to the oven sections for installation specifications for the built-in oven.
Refer to the installation instructions provided with each microwave trim kit for detailed specifications.
Dimensions will vary according to the specific installation.
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
27
W O L F W A R M I N G D R A W E R S
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model WWD30 with L Series Drawer Front
Installation with 30" (762) L Series Single Oven and Model MWC24 with 30" (762) L Series Trim
I N S T A L L A T I O N
O P T I O N S
30" min (762) CABINET
Model WWD30 with
L Series drawer front may be installed in combination with a 30" (762) L Series single oven and Model
MWC24 with 30" (762)
L Series trim. Refer to the
L Series built-in oven section for installation specifications for the oven.
Model WWD30 with
E Series drawer front may be installed in combination with a 30" (762) E Series single oven and Model
MWC24 with 30" (762)
E Series trim. Refer to the E Series built-in oven section for installation specifications for the oven.
Refer to the installation instructions provided with each microwave trim kit for detailed specifications.
Dimensions will vary according to the specific installation.
20
1
/
8
" min
(511)
24" min
(610)
7
/
8
"
(22)
PLATFORM
9
1
/
8
"
(232)
OPENING
HEIGHT
23
7
/
8
" min (606)
OPENING DEPTH
PLATFORM APPLICATION
18
11
/
16
"
(475)
1" min
(25)
27
3
/
16
"
(691)
7
/
8
"
(22)
20
1
/
8
" min
(511)
24" min
(610)
2"
(51) x
2"
(51)
ANTI-TIP BLOCK
9
1
/
8
"
(232)
OPENING
HEIGHT
23
7
/
8
" min (606)
OPENING DEPTH
ANTI-TIP BLOCK APPLICATION
18
11
/
16
"
(475)
1" min
(25)
27
3
/
16
"
(691)
2
3
/
8
"
(60)
27
1
/
2
"
(699)
CONVECTION MICROWAVE
OPENING WIDTH
5"
(127)
E
28
1
/
2
"
(724)
30-INCH OVEN
OPENING WIDTH
4"
(102)
5"
(127)
E
28
5
/
8
"
(727)
WARMING DRAWER
OPENING WIDTH
4"
(102)
NOTE: Refer to the 30" (762) built-in single oven specifications for electrical location.
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model WWD30 with E Series Drawer Front
Installation with E Series Single Oven and Model MWC24 with 30" (762) E Series Trim
33"
(838)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
30" min (762)
20
1
/
8
" min
(511)
18
11
/
16
(475)
"
20
1
/
8
"
(511) min
18
11
/
16
"
(475)
24" min
(610)
7
/
8
"
(22)
PLATFORM
9
1
/
8
"
(232)
23
7
/
8
" min (606)
1
7
/
16
" min (25)
27
3
/
16
"
(691)
24" min
(610)
2"
(51) x
2"
(51)
ANTI-TIP BLOCK
1
7
/
16
" min (25)
27
3
/
16
"
(691)
7
/
8
"
(22)
9
23
1
7
/
/
8
8
"
"
(232) min (606)
2
3
/
8
(60)
"
PLATFORM APPLICATION ANTI-TIP BLOCK APPLICATION
27
1
/
2
"
(699)
MICROWAVE
OPENING WIDTH
5"
(127)
E
4"
(102)
28
1
/
2
"
(724)
OVEN OPENING WIDTH
ELECTRICAL LOCATION
WITHIN OPENING
APPLIES ONLY TO
CABINETS DEEPER
THAN 24" (610)
5"
(127)
4"
(102)
E
4"
(102)
5"
(127)
E
28
5
/
8
"
(727)
WARMING DRAWER
OPENING WIDTH
E
NOTE: Unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610), it is recommended that the electrical supply for the oven be placed in an adjacent cabinet within reach of the conduit.
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
28
W O L F W A R M I N G D R A W E R S
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model WWD30 with Integrated Drawer Front
Installation with 36" (914) L Series Single Oven and Model MWC24 with 36" (914) L Series Trim
24" min (610)
CABINET DEPTH
20
1
/
8
" min
(511)
18
11
/
16
"
(475)
25" min (635)
CABINET DEPTH
20
1
/
8
" min
(511)
18
11
/
16
"
(475)
24" min
(610)
24
1
/
16
(611)
"
1" min
(25)
24" min
(610)
24
1
/
16
(611)
1" min
"
(25)
2"
(51) x
2"
(51)
ANTI-TIP BLOCK
2"
(51) x
2"
(51)
ANTI-TIP BLOCK
9
7
/
8
"
(251)
10
1
/
4
"
(260)
OPENING
HEIGHT
24" min (610)
OPENING DEPTH
1
1
/
2
" min
*
(38)
9
7
/
8
"
(251)
10
1
/
4
"
(260)
OPENING
HEIGHT
24"
(610) + THICKNESS
OF DRAWER FACE
FOR OPENING DEPTH
1
1
/
2
" min
*
(38)
39"
(991)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
36" min (914)
33
3
/
8
"
(854)
MICROWAVE
OPENING WIDTH
5"
(127)
E
4"
(102)
34
1
/
2
"
(876 )
36-INCH OVEN
OPENING WIDTH
4"
(102)
5"
(127)
E
29
1
/
2
"
(749)
WARMING DRAWER
OPENING WIDTH
OVERLAY APPLICATION FLUSH INSET APPLICATION
NOTE: Refer to the 36" (914) built-in single oven specifications for electrical location.
*Dimension may increase depending on the size of the drawer front panel.
The width of the custom panel for the warming drawer with integrated drawer front will vary according to the specific installation, but the rough opening width will remain 29
1
/
2
" (749).
I N S T A L L A T I O N
O P T I O N S
Model WWD30 with integrated drawer front may be installed in combination with a 36" (914) L Series single oven and Model
MWC24 with 36" (914) L
Series trim kit. Refer to the L Series built-in oven section for installation specifications for the oven.
Keep in mind that the width of the custom panel for the warming drawer with integrated drawer front will vary according to the specific installation.
Refer to the installation instructions provided with each microwave trim kit for detailed specifications.
Dimensions will vary according to the specific installation.
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
29
W O L F I N D U C T I O N C O O K T O P S
Model CT15I/S
15" (381) Induction
Cooktop
Model CT30I/S
30" (762) Induction
Cooktop
Model CT36I/S
36" (914) Induction
Cooktop
W O L F I N D U C T I O N C O O K T O P S
Induction cooking has been used in Europe for decades by professionals and homeowners demanding the best in performance.
In induction cooking, the electricity flows through a coil to produce a magnetic field under the ceramic cooktop.
When a cast iron or magnetic stainless steel pan is placed on the ceramic glass surface, currents are induced in the cooking utensil and instant heat is generated due to the resistance of the pan. Induction only works with cooking vessels made of magnetic materials, such as cast iron and magnetic stainless steel (it will not work with aluminum or copper pots). To test the cookware, a magnet must stick to the bottom of the vessel in order to function.
Induction cooking is so efficient that it outperforms gas and electric cooktops. There is no wasted heat because energy is supplied directly to the cooking vessel, so nearly 90 percent of the energy gets used to cook.
You can keep sauces and chocolates melted at
50 watts of power, or with the touch of a finger, activate the Hi-Power boost feature and boil water in nearly half the time you normally do.
F E A T U R E S
Classic stainless steel trim finish
Easy-to-clean black ceramic glass surface is resistant to scratching, staining, impact and heat
High-efficiency induction elements deliver power and control
Induction elements heat cookware, not the glass, for a cooler, safer cooking surface
Cookware sensing—elements will not be energized without an induction-compatible pan on the cooktop surface
Hi-Power mode boosts power to the element
Temperature limiter to ensure that safe operating temperature of ceramic glass is never exceeded
Illuminated touch controls with graduated control lighting and adjustable sound frequency and volume
Hot-surface indicator light in control panel
Lock mode—cooktop will be locked so that no elements can be turned on
Universal OFF turns all elements off
Countdown timer with 1 to 99 minute range
CSA certified for US and Canada
W O L F
W A R R A N T Y
Wolf products are covered by a two and five year residential warranty
(exclusions apply).
See warranty details at the end of this guide.
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
I N D U C T I O N C O O K T O P F E A T U R E S
Model CT36I/S shown
Five induction elements
OFF
ON
SIM
HIG H
OFF ON
HI-P
OWE
R
HIG
H
SIM
OFF O
N
HI-P
OWER
HIG
H
MEL
T
OFF
ON
HIG
H
CLEAR
O
SIM
HIG
H
OFF
ON
HI-P
OWER
OFF
Illuminated electronic touch controls
Countdown timer
Hot-surface indicator light
Lock key and universal OFF
True Simmer or melt on all elements
Classic stainless steel trim finish
Location of rating plate
M O D E L O P T I O N S
Induction Cooktops
15" (381) Induction Cooktop
Classic Trim
CT15I/S
30" (762) Induction Cooktop
Classic Trim
CT30I/S
36" (914) Induction Cooktop
Classic Trim
CT36I/S
30
W O L F I N D U C T I O N C O O K T O P S
P L A N N I N G I N F O R M A T I O N
You have three different sizes of induction cooktops to choose from and all have the classic stainless steel trim finish.
For ease of installation, Wolf recommends using
33" (838) cabinets with the 30" (762) cooktop and 39" (991) cabinets with the 36" (914) cooktop.
Specifications on the following pages provide overall dimensions, countertop cut-out dimensions and installation specifics for the three different-sized cooktops. We have minimized the information contained in the illustrations, concentrating on the critical information you need to plan your installation.
A Wolf L Series or E Series built-in single oven may be installed below these cooktops. Wolf induction cooktops are designed and agency approved for installation with Wolf built-in ovens only. Also, be aware of the depth of the cooktop when planning for this installation.
IMPORTANT NOTE: When multiple cooktops or modules are installed side by side, refer to page
55 for countertop cut-out dimensions.
These cooktops can accommodate a Wolf cooktop hood, downdraft system or Pro ventilation hood or hood liner. When installing a ventilation hood, refer to the specific requirements of the hood for the minimum dimension to the countertop. Refer to pages 29–114 for ventilation specifications.
E L E C T R I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N T S
The electrical requirements vary with the size of the induction cooktop. Refer to the specifications on the following pages for the three different cooktop sizes. Locate electrical supply within the shaded area shown in the Installation
Specifications illustration for your model.
IMPORTANT NOTE: When an oven is installed below the cooktop, it is recommended that the electrical supply be placed in the base cabinet to the right of the oven, unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610). Refer to pages
4–14 for additional specifications for built-in ovens.
You must follow all National Electrical Code regulations. In addition, be aware of local codes and ordinances when installing your service.
A C C E S S O R I E S
Optional accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the Showroom
Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
These cooktops are intended for indoor use.
A C C E S S O R I E S
Induction Cooktops
Filler strip
Bracket supports for installation of two integrated modules with downdraft (Model DD30 only)
Accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the
Showroom Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
This appliance must be installed in accordance with
National Electrical Code regulations as well as all state, municipal and local codes. The correct voltage, frequency and amperage must be supplied to the appliance from a dedicated, grounded circuit that is protected by a properly sized circuit breaker or time delay fuse. The proper voltage, frequency and amperage ratings are listed on the product rating plate.
31
W O L F I N D U C T I O N C O O K T O P S
NEW
Available October 2007
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
New Model CT15I/S
Trim Finish
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Classic
15" (381)
3
1
/
2
" (89)
21" (533)
Induction Elements
Two
Max Element Power (1) 1800 W with
3000 W boost,
(1) 1200 W
Cabinet Depth
22
3
/
4
" (578) min
Height Clearance
Cut-Out Width*
Cut-Out Depth
4
1
/
2
" (114) min
13 3 /
8
" (340)
19
1
/
4
" (489)
Electrical Supply
Conduit
Electrical Rating
240/208 V AC, 50/60 Hz
20 amp circuit
4' (1.2 m) flexible 3-wire
Shipping Weight
3.6 kW at 240 V
3.1 kW at 208 V
30 lbs (14 kg)
*If the 15" (381) cooktop is to be used with any combination of additional cooktop units or modules with a filler strip, the cut-out width increases to 14" (356).
The diameter of the induction elements are
8
3
/
4
" (220) and 6
3
/
4
" (171).
IMPORTANT NOTE: A minimum height clearance of 6" (152) is required between countertop and any combustible surface directly below the cooktop.
IMPORTANT NOTE: If a shelf is installed below the cooktop, a 1" (25) gap at the rear of the cabinet shelf is necessary to allow for proper ventilation. Failure to do so could result in decreased performance or product damage.
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
New Model CT15I/S
15"
(381)
OVERALL WIDTH
21"
(533)
OVERALL
DEPTH
3
1
/
2
"
(89)
4
1
/
2
"
(114)
TERMINAL BOX
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
New Model CT15I/S
13" max
(330)
2"**
(51)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
DEPTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
18"
(457)
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
33"
(838) RECOMMENDED
CABINET WIDTH
2"* min (51)
CUT-OUT TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
13
3
/
8
"
(340)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
WIDTH
4
1
/
2
"
(114)
30"
(762)
COUNTERTOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
ABOVE COOKTOP
E
15"
(381)
15"
(381)
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
32
NOTE: Application shown allows for installation of two 15" (381) modules side-by-side with 33" (838) recommended cabinet width. 18" (457) recommended cabinet width for installation of single 15" (381) cooktop or module. *Minimum clearance from both side edges of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop. **Minimum clearance from rear edge of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop.
Countertop Cut-Out Dimensions
13
3
/
8
"
(340)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
WIDTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP
CUT-OUT DEPTH
FRONT OF COUNTERTOP
W O L F I N D U C T I O N C O O K T O P S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
Model CT30I/S
(533)
OVERALL
DEPTH
30"
(762)
OVERALL WIDTH
3
1
/
2
"
(89)
TERMINAL BOX
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
4
1
/
2
"
(114)
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model CT30I/S
21"
13" max
(330)
2"**
(51)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
DEPTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
18"
(457)
24" min
(610)
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
2"* min (51)
CUT-OUT TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
33"
(838) RECOMMENDED
CABINET WIDTH
30" min (762)
28
3
/
8
"
(721) COOKTOP
CUT-OUT WIDTH
4
1
/
2
"
(114)
3
1
/
2
"
(89)
3
3
/
4
" min
(95)
10"
(254)
E
30-INCH OVEN OPENING
30"
(762)
COUNTERTOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
ABOVE COOKTOP
*Minimum clearance from both side edges of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop. **Minimum clearance from rear edge of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop.
Countertop Cut-Out Dimensions
28
3
/
8
"
(721)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT WIDTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
FRONT OF COUNTERTOP
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP
CUT-OUT DEPTH
NEW
Available October 2007
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model CT30I/S
Trim Finish
Classic
Overall Width
Overall Height
30" (762)
3
1
/
2
" (89)
Overall Depth
21" (533)
Induction Elements
Four
Max Element Power (2) 1800 W with
3000 W boost,
(2) 1200 W
Cabinet Width
Cabinet Depth
33" (838) rec
30" (762) min
22
3
/
4
" (578) min
Height Clearance
Cut-Out Width*
Cut-Out Depth
4
1
/
2
" (114) min
28
3
/
8
" (721)
19
1
/
4
" (489)
Electrical Supply
Conduit
Electrical Rating
240/208 V AC, 50/60 Hz
40 amp circuit
4' (1.2 m) flexible 3-wire
Shipping Weight
7.2 kW at 240 V
6.3 kW at 208 V
48 lbs (22 kg)
*If the 30" (762) cooktop is to be used with any combination of additional cooktop units or modules with a filler strip, the cut-out width increases to 29" (737).
The diameter of the induction elements are
5
1
/
2
" (140), 6
3
/
4
" (171) and two 8
3
/
4
" (220).
IMPORTANT NOTE: A minimum height clearance of 6" (152) is required between countertop and any combustible surface directly below the cooktop.
IMPORTANT NOTE: If a shelf is installed below the cooktop, a 1" (25) gap at the rear of the cabinet shelf is necessary to allow for proper ventilation. Failure to do so could result in decreased performance or product damage.
I N S T A L L A T I O N O P T I O N S
A Wolf 30" (762) L Series or E Series single oven may be installed below the 30" (762) induction cooktop. For this installation, unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610), it is recommended that the electrical supply be placed in the base cabinet to the right of the oven. A 36" (914) L Series single oven may also be installed below the 30" (762) induction cooktop. Refer to the built-in ovens section for additional specifications.
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
33
W O L F I N D U C T I O N C O O K T O P S
NEW
Available October 2007
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model CT36I/S
Trim Finish
Classic
Overall Width
Overall Height
36" (914)
3
1
/
2
" (89)
Overall Depth
21" (533)
Induction Elements
Five
Max Element Power (1) 3000 W with
4000 W boost,
(2) 1800 W with
3000 W boost,
(2) 1200 W
Cabinet Width
Cabinet Depth
39" (991) rec
36" (914) min
22
3
/
4
" (578) min
Height Clearance
Cut-Out Width*
Cut-Out Depth
4
1
/
2
" (114) min
34
3
/
8
" (873)
19
1
/
4
" (489)
Electrical Supply
Conduit
Electrical Rating
240/208 V AC, 50/60 Hz
50 amp circuit
4' (1.2 m) flexible 3-wire
Shipping Weight
10.2 kW at 240 V
8.9 kW at 208 V
70 lbs (32 kg)
*If the 36" (914) cooktop is to be used with any combination of additional cooktop units or modules with a filler strip, the cut-out width increases to 35" (889).
The diameter of the induction elements are
5
1
/
2
" (140), 6
3
/
4
" (171), two 8
3
/
4
" (220) and
11" (280).
IMPORTANT NOTE: A minimum height clearance of 6" (152) is required between countertop and any combustible surface directly below the cooktop.
IMPORTANT NOTE: If a shelf is installed below the cooktop, a 1" (25) gap at the rear of the cabinet shelf is necessary to allow for proper ventilation. Failure to do so could result in decreased performance or product damage.
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
Model CT36I/S
3
1
/
2
"
(89)
36"
(914)
OVERALL WIDTH
TERMINAL BOX
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model CT36I/S
4
21"
(533)
OVERALL
DEPTH
1
/
2
"
(114)
13" max
(330)
2"**
(51)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
DEPTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
18"
(457)
24" min
(610)
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
2"* min (51)
CUT-OUT TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
39"
(991)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
36" min (914)
34
3
/
8
"
(873)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT WIDTH
4
1
/
2
" (114)
3
1
/
2
"
(89)
3
3
/
4
" min (95)
10"
(254)
E
36-INCH OVEN OPENING
30"
(762)
COUNTERTOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
ABOVE COOKTOP
I N S T A L L A T I O N O P T I O N S
A Wolf 36" (914) L Series single oven may be installed below the 36" (914) induction cooktop. For this installation, unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610), it is recommended that the electrical supply be placed in the base cabinet to the right of the oven. A 30" (762) L Series or E Series single oven may also be installed below the 36" (914) induction cooktop. Refer to the built-in ovens section for additional specifications.
When a 36" (914) L Series oven is installed below a cooktop, it is recommended that the rough opening for the oven be 7
3
/
4
" (197) from the floor to ease use of the oven door.
*Minimum clearance from both side edges of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop. **Minimum clearance from rear edge of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop.
Countertop Cut-Out Dimensions
34
3
/
8
"
(873)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT WIDTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
FRONT OF COUNTERTOP
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP
CUT-OUT DEPTH
34
W O L F I N D U C T I O N C O O K T O P S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
Model CT15I/S
15"
(381)
OVERALL WIDTH
21"
(533)
OVERALL
DEPTH
3
1
/
2
"
(89)
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model CT15I/S
13" max
(330)
2"**
(51)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
DEPTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
18"
(457)
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
33"
(838) RECOMMENDED
CABINET WIDTH
2"* min (51)
CUT-OUT TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
13
3
/
8
"
(340)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
WIDTH
6"
(152)
E
30"
(762)
COUNTERTOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
ABOVE COOKTOP
15"
(381)
15"
(381)
Discontinued after October 2007
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model CT15I/S
Trim Finish
Classic
Overall Width
Overall Height
15" (381)
2
1
/
2
" (64)
Overall Depth
21" (533)
Induction Elements
Two
Max Element Power 1800 W
(front)
Max Element Power 2200 W
(rear)
Cabinet Depth
22
3
/
4
" (578) min
Height Clearance
Cut-Out Width*
Cut-Out Depth
Electrical Supply
Conduit
Electrical Rating
Shipping Weight
6" (152) min
13
3
/
8
" (340)
19
1
/
4
" (489)
240/208 V AC, 60 Hz
20 amp circuit
4' (1.2 m) flexible 3-wire
3.4 kW at 240 V
2.6 kW at 208 V
30 lbs (14 kg)
*If the induction cooktop is to be used with any combination of additional cooktop units or modules with a filler strip, the cut-out width increases to 14" (356).
IMPORTANT NOTE: A minimum height clearance of
6" (152) is required. If a shelf is installed below the unit, a 1" (25) gap at the rear of the cabinet shelf is necessary to allow for proper ventilation. Failure to do so could result in decreased performance or product damage.
NOTE: Application shown allows for installation of two 15" (381) modules side-by-side with 33" (838) recommended cabinet width. 18" (457) recommended cabinet width for installation of single 15" (381) cooktop or module. *Minimum clearance from both side edges of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop. **Minimum clearance from rear edge of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop.
Countertop Cut-Out Dimensions
13
3
/
8
"
(340)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
WIDTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP
CUT-OUT DEPTH
FRONT OF COUNTERTOP
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
35
W O L F E L E C T R I C C O O K T O P S
New Model CT15E
15" (381) Framed
Electric Cooktop
New Model CT30E
30" (762) Framed
Electric Cooktop
New Model CT36E
36" (914) Framed
Electric Cooktop
W O L F F R A M E D E L E C T R I C C O O K T O P S
New framed electric cooktop models will be available in November 2007. These new models will replace the existing cooktop models. New model specifications are found on pages 38–40.
The black ceramic glass top of the Wolf framed electric cooktops is beautifully complemented by the classic stainless steel trim finish, and for the
30" (762) and 36" (914) cooktops, you can choose the premium finishes of platinum or carbon stainless steel. The 15" (381) cooktop is available only in the classic stainless steel finish.
All models feature multiple cooking elements with different zones—concentric rings that give you exceptional control of temperature for pots and pans of every size. New models offer a bridge that connects two elements for an
8-inch by 17-inch, 4400 watt heating area.
All of the heating elements offer True Simmer, and with each cooktop there is one element that enables you to set a temperature for melting.
This appliance is certified by
Star-K to meet strict religious regulations in conjunction with specific instructions found on www.star-k.org.
F E A T U R E S
Classic, platinum and carbon stainless steel trim finishes—Model CT15E in classic stainless only
Easy-to-clean black ceramic glass surface is resistant to scratching, staining, impact and heat—translucent surface allows you to see the glow of hot elements
High-frequency pulsation elements improve cooking performance and control
Bridge-zone element connects two elements to provide a larger cooking area—new 30" (762) and 36" (914) models only
Temperature limiter to ensure that safe operating temperature of ceramic glass is never exceeded
Illuminated touch controls with graduated control lighting
True Simmer setting on all elements
Melt setting on one element
Hot-surface indicator light in control panel
Lock mode—cooktop can be locked so that no elements can be turned on
Universal OFF turns all elements off
Countdown timer with 1 to 99 minute range and adjustable sound frequency and volume—new models only
CSA certified for US and Canada
W O L F
W A R R A N T Y
Wolf products are covered by a two and five year residential warranty
(exclusions apply).
See warranty details at the end of this guide.
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
F R A M E D E L E C T R I C C O O K T O P F E A T U R E S
New Model CT36E shown (features vary with existing models)
Bridge-zone element
Triple-zone element Electronic touch controls
Countdown timer
Classic stainless steel trim finish
Dual-zone element
Universal OFF key
SIM
SIM
HIGH
OFF
ON
BRI
DGE
OFF
ON
HIGH
SIM
HIGH
OFF ON
ZON
E 2
ZON
E 3
CLEAR
O
OFF
ON
HIGH
SIM
OFF
ON
ZON
E 2
HIG
H
OFF
Lock key
Hot-surface indicator light
M O D E L O P T I O N S
Framed Electric Cooktops
Location of rating plate
True Simmer or melt on all elements
15" (381) Framed Electric Cooktop
Classic Trim
CT15E/S
30" (762) Framed Electric Cooktop
Classic Trim
CT30E/S
CT30E-208/S
Platinum Trim
Carbon Trim
CT30E/P
CT30E/B
36" (914) Framed Electric Cooktop
Classic Trim
Platinum Trim
Carbon Trim
CT36E/S
CT36E/P
CT36E/B
Stainless steel trim finishes.
36
W O L F E L E C T R I C C O O K T O P S
P L A N N I N G I N F O R M A T I O N
From a planning perspective, your selection process is made easier by the three different sizes you have to choose from. The 30" (762) and 36" (914) framed electric cooktops are available in three trim finishes—classic, platinum and carbon stainless steel. The 15" (381) cooktop is available with classic stainless steel trim only.
For ease of installation, Wolf recommends using
33" (838) cabinets with the 30" (762) cooktop and 39" (991) cabinets with the 36" (914) cooktop.
Specifications on the following pages provide overall dimensions, countertop cut-out dimensions and installation specifics for the three different-sized cooktops. We have minimized the information contained in the illustrations, concentrating on the critical information you need to plan your installation.
A Wolf L Series or E Series built-in single oven may be installed below these cooktops. Wolf framed electric cooktops are designed and agency approved for installation with Wolf builtin ovens only. Also, be aware of the depth of the cooktop when planning for this installation.
Multiple cooktops and/or integrated modules can be installed side by side. Refer to the countertop cut-out dimensions on page 55 when planning for this installation.
These cooktops can accommodate a Wolf cooktop hood, downdraft system or Pro ventilation hood or hood liner. When installing a ventilation hood, refer to the specific requirements of the hood for the minimum dimension to the countertop. Refer to pages 92–114 for ventilation specifications.
E L E C T R I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N T S
The electrical requirements vary with the size of the framed electric cooktop. Refer to the specifications on the following pages for the three different cooktop sizes. Locate electrical supply within the shaded area shown in the
Installation Specifications illustration for your model.
IMPORTANT NOTE: When an oven is installed below the cooktop, it is recommended that the electrical supply be placed in the base cabinet to the right of the oven, unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610). Refer to pages
4–14 for additional specifications for built-in ovens.
You must follow all National Electrical Code regulations. In addition, be aware of local codes and ordinances when installing your service.
A C C E S S O R I E S
Optional accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the Showroom
Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
These cooktops are intended for indoor use.
A C C E S S O R I E S
Electric Cooktops
Filler strip
Bracket supports for installation of two integrated modules with downdraft (Model DD30 only)
Accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the
Showroom Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
This appliance must be installed in accordance with
National Electrical Code regulations as well as all state, municipal and local codes. The correct voltage, frequency and amperage must be supplied to the appliance from a dedicated, grounded circuit that is protected by a properly sized circuit breaker or time delay fuse. The proper voltage, frequency and amperage ratings are listed on the product rating plate.
37
W O L F E L E C T R I C C O O K T O P S
NEW
Available November 2007
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
New Model CT15E/S
Trim Finish
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Classic
15" (381)
3
3
/
4
" (96)
21" (533)
Heating Elements
Two
Temperature Zones
Four
Max Element Power
Triple
Single
Cabinet Depth
Height Clearance
Cut-Out Width*
Cut-Out Depth
Electrical Supply
Conduit
Electrical Rating
Shipping Weight
900 / 1800 / 2500 W
1200 W
22
3
/
4
" (578) min
4" (102) min
13
3
/
8
" (340)
19
1
/
4
" (489)
240 V AC / 60 Hz / 20 amp
208 V AC / 60 Hz / 15 amp
4' (1.2 m) flexible 3-wire
3.7 kW at 240 V
2.8 kW at 208 V
30 lbs (14 kg)
*If the 15" (381) cooktop is to be used with any combination of additional cooktop units or modules with a filler strip, the cut-out width increases to 14" (356).
The outer diameter of the heating elements are
10" (254) and 6
1
/
2
" (165).
IMPORTANT NOTE: A minimum height clearance of 5
3
/
4
" (146) is required between countertop and any combustible surface directly below the cooktop.
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
New Model CT15E/S
3
3
/
4
"
(96)
15"
(381)
OVERALL WIDTH
21"
(533)
OVERALL
DEPTH
5"
(127)
TERMINAL BOX
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
New Model CT15E/S
13" max
(330)
2"**
(51)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
DEPTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
18"
(457)
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
33"
(838) RECOMMENDED
CABINET WIDTH
2"* min (51)
CUT-OUT TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
13
3
/
8
"
(340)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
WIDTH
4"
(102)
E
15"
(381)
30"
(762)
COUNTERTOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
ABOVE COOKTOP
15"
(381)
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
38
NOTE: Application shown allows for installation of two 15" (381) modules side-by-side with 33" (838) recommended cabinet width. 18" (457) recommended cabinet width for installation of single 15" (381) cooktop or module. *Minimum clearance from both side edges of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop. **Minimum clearance from rear edge of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop.
Countertop Cut-Out Dimensions
13
3
/
8
"
(340)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
WIDTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP
CUT-OUT DEPTH
FRONT OF COUNTERTOP
W O L F E L E C T R I C C O O K T O P S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
New Model CT30E
21"
(533)
OVERALL
DEPTH
30"
(762)
OVERALL WIDTH
3
3
/
4
"
(96)
TERMINAL BOX
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
5"
(127)
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
30" (762) Framed Electric Cooktop
13" max
(330)
2"**
(51)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
DEPTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
18"
(457)
24" min
(610)
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
2"* min (51)
CUT-OUT TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
33"
(838) RECOMMENDED
CABINET WIDTH
30" min (762)
28
3
/
8
"
(721) COOKTOP
CUT-OUT WIDTH
3
3
/
4
" min
(95)
4"
(102)
3
1
/
2
"
(89)
10"
(254)
E
30-INCH OVEN OPENING
30"
(762)
COUNTERTOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
ABOVE COOKTOP
*Minimum clearance from both side edges of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop. **Minimum clearance from rear edge of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop.
Countertop Cut-Out Dimensions
28
3
/
8
"
(721)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT WIDTH
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
FRONT OF COUNTERTOP
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP
CUT-OUT DEPTH
NEW
Available November 2007
M O D E L O P T I O N S
30" (762) Framed Electric Cooktop
Classic Trim Finish
CT30E/S
CT30E-208/S*
Platinum Trim Finish CT30E/P
Carbon Trim Finish
CT30E/B
*Model CT30E-208/S is design specifically for use with a 208 V AC, 60 Hz, 40 amp electrical supply .
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
New Model CT30E
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Heating Elements
30" (762)
3 3 /
4
" (96)
21" (533)
Three
Temperature Zones
Four
Max Element Power
Triple
(CT30E-280/S)
Singles
900 / 1800 / 2500 W
900 / 1800 / 2300 W
1200 W and (2) 1800 W
Singles with Bridge
4400 W
Cabinet Width
Cabinet Depth
Height Clearance
33" (838) rec
30" (762) min
22
3
/
4
" (578) min
Cut-Out Width*
Cut-Out Depth
4" (102) min
28
3
/
8
" (721)
19
1
/
4
" (489)
Electrical Supply
(CT30E-280/S)
Conduit
Electrical Rating
240 V AC / 60 Hz / 40 amp
208 V AC / 60 Hz / 30 amp
208 V AC / 60 Hz / 40 amp
4' (1.2 m) flexible 3-wire
(CT30E-280/S)
Shipping Weight
8.1 kW at 240 V
6.1 kW at 208 V
7.9 kW at 208 V
45 lbs (20 kg)
*If the 30" (762) cooktop is to be used with any combination of additional cooktop units or modules with a filler strip, the cut-out width increases to 29" (737).
The outer diameter of the heating elements are
10" (254), two 8" (203) and 6
1
/
2
" (165). The bridge with elements is 8" (203) x 17" (432).
IMPORTANT NOTE: A minimum height clearance of 5
3
/
4
" (146) is required between countertop and any combustible surface directly below the cooktop.
I N S T A L L A T I O N O P T I O N S
A Wolf 30" (762) L Series or E Series single oven may be installed below the 30" (762) framed electric cooktop. For this installation, unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24"
(610), it is recommended that the electrical supply be placed in the base cabinet to the right of the oven. A 36" (914) L Series single oven may also be installed below the 30" (762) framed electric cooktop. Refer to the built-in ovens section for additional specifications.
39
W O L F E L E C T R I C C O O K T O P S
NEW
Available November 2007
M O D E L O P T I O N S
36" (914) Framed Electric Cooktop
Classic Trim Finish
CT36E/S
Platinum Trim Finish CT36E/P
Carbon Trim Finish
CT36E/B
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
New Model CT36E
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Heating Elements
36" (914)
3
3
/
4
" (96)
21" (533)
Four
Temperature Zones
Five
Max Element Power
Triple
Dual
Singles
1050 / 2200 / 2700 W
700 / 2200 W
1200 W and (2) 1800 W
Singles with Bridge
4400 W
Cabinet Width
Cabinet Depth
Height Clearance
39" (991) rec
36" (914) min
22
3
/
4
" (578) min
Cut-Out Width*
Cut-Out Depth
Electrical Supply
4" (102) min
34
3
/
8
" (873)
19
1
/
4
" (489)
240 V AC / 60 Hz / 50 amp
208 V AC / 60 Hz / 40 amp
Conduit
Electrical Rating
Shipping Weight
4' (1.2 m) flexible 3-wire
10.5 kW at 240 V
7.9 kW at 208 V
60 lbs (27 kg)
*If the 36" (914) cooktop is to be used with any combination of additional cooktop units or modules with a filler strip, the cut-out width increases to 35" (889).
The outer diameter of the heating elements are
12" (305), 9" (229), two 8" (203) and 6
1
/
2
" (165).
The bridge with elements is 8" (203) x 17" (432).
IMPORTANT NOTE: A minimum height clearance of 5
3
/
4
" (146) is required between countertop and any combustible surface directly below cooktop.
I N S T A L L A T I O N O P T I O N S
A Wolf 36" (914) L Series single oven may be installed below the 36" (914) framed electric cooktop. For this installation, unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610), it is recommended that the electrical supply be placed in the base cabinet to the right of the oven. A Wolf 30" (762) L Series or E Series single oven may also be installed below the
36" (914) framed electric cooktop. Refer to the built-in ovens section for additional specifications.
When a 36" (914) L Series oven is installed below a cooktop, it is recommended that the rough opening for the oven be 7
3
/
4
" (197) from the floor to ease use of the oven door.
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
New Model CT36E
3
3
/
4
"
(96)
36"
(914)
OVERALL WIDTH
TERMINAL BOX
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
36" (914) Framed Electric Cooktop
21"
(533)
OVERALL
DEPTH
5"
(127)
13" max
(330)
2"**
(51)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
DEPTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
18"
(457)
24" min
(610)
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
2"* min (51)
CUT-OUT TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
39"
(991)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
36" min (914)
34
3
/
8
"
(873)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT WIDTH
4"
(102)
3
1
/
2
"
(89)
3
3
/
4
" min (95)
10"
(254)
E
36-INCH OVEN OPENING
30"
(762)
COUNTERTOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
ABOVE COOKTOP
*Minimum clearance from both side edges of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop. **Minimum clearance from rear edge of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop.
Countertop Cut-Out Dimensions
34
3
/
8
"
(873)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT WIDTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
FRONT OF COUNTERTOP
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP
CUT-OUT DEPTH
W O L F E L E C T R I C C O O K T O P S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
Model CT15E/S
15"
(381)
OVERALL WIDTH
21"
(533)
OVERALL
DEPTH
3
1
/
2
"
(89)
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model CT15E/S
13" max
(330)
2"**
(51)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
DEPTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
18"
(457)
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
33"
(838) RECOMMENDED
CABINET WIDTH
2"* min (51)
CUT-OUT TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
13
3
/
8
"
(340)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
WIDTH
4"
(102)
E
15"
(381)
30"
(762)
COUNTERTOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
ABOVE COOKTOP
15"
(381)
Discontinued November 2007
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model CT15E/S
Trim Finish
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Classic
15" (381)
3
1
/
2
" (89)
21" (533)
Heating Elements
Two
Temperature Zones
Three
Max Element Power 750 W / 2200 W
(dual)
Max Element Power 1200 W
(single)
Cabinet Depth
22 3 /
4
" (578) min
Height Clearance
Cut-Out Width*
Cut-Out Depth
Electrical Supply
4" (102) min
13
3
/
8
" (340)
19
1
/
4
" (489)
Conduit
Electrical Rating
240/208 V AC, 60 Hz
15 amp circuit
4' (1.2 m) flexible 3-wire
Shipping Weight
3.4 kW at 240 V
2.6 kW at 208 V
30 lbs (14 kg)
*If the 15" (381) cooktop is to be used with any combination of additional cooktop units or modules with a filler strip, the cut-out width increases to 14" (356).
The outer diameter of the heating elements are
9" (229) and 6
1
/
2
" (165).
NOTE: Application shown allows for installation of two 15" (381) modules side-by-side with 33" (838) recommended cabinet width. 18" (457) recommended cabinet width for installation of single 15" (381) cooktop or module. *Minimum clearance from both side edges of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop. **Minimum clearance from rear edge of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop.
Countertop Cut-Out Dimensions
13
3
/
8
"
(340)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
WIDTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP
CUT-OUT DEPTH
FRONT OF COUNTERTOP
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
41
W O L F E L E C T R I C C O O K T O P S
Discontinued November 2007
M O D E L O P T I O N S
30" (762) Framed Electric Cooktop
Classic Trim Finish
CT30E/S
Platinum Trim Finish CT30E/P
Carbon Trim Finish
CT30E/B
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
Model CT30E
21"
(533)
OVERALL
DEPTH
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model CT30E
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Heating Elements
30" (762)
3 1 /
2
" (89)
21" (533)
Four
Temperature Zones
Six
Max Element Power 750 W / 2200 W and
(two dual)
950 W / 1900 W
Max Element Power 1200 W and 1500 W
(two single)
Cabinet Width
33" (383) rec
30" (762) min
Cabinet Depth
22
3
/
4
" (578) min
Height Clearance
Cut-Out Width*
Cut-Out Depth
Electrical Supply
4" (102) min
28
3
/
8
" (721)
19
1
/
4
" (489)
Conduit
Electrical Rating
240 V AC / 60 Hz / 40 amp
208 V AC / 60 Hz / 30 amp
4' (1.2 m) flexible 3-wire
Shipping Weight
6.8 kW at 240 V
5.2 kW at 208 V
45 lbs (20 kg)
*If the 30" (762) cooktop is to be used with any combination of additional cooktop units or modules with a filler strip, the cut-out width increases to 29" (737).
The outer diameter of the heating elements are
9" (229), 8
1
/
2
" (216), 7" (179) and 6
1
/
2
" (165).
30"
(762)
OVERALL WIDTH
3
1
/
2
"
(89)
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
30" (762) Framed Electric Cooktop
13" max
(330)
2"**
(51)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
DEPTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
18"
(457)
24" min
(610)
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
2"* min (51)
CUT-OUT TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
33"
(838) RECOMMENDED
CABINET WIDTH
30" min (762)
28
3
/
8
"
(721) COOKTOP
CUT-OUT WIDTH
3
3
/
4
" min
(95)
4"
(102)
3
1
/
2
"
(89)
10"
(254)
E
30-INCH OVEN OPENING
30"
(762)
COUNTERTOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
ABOVE COOKTOP
I N S T A L L A T I O N O P T I O N S
A Wolf 30" (762) L Series or E Series single oven may be installed below the 30" (762) framed electric cooktop. For this installation, unless you are using cabinets deeper than
24" (610), it is recommended that the electrical supply be placed in the base cabinet to the right of the oven. A 36" (914) L Series single oven may also be installed below the
30" (762) framed electric cooktop. Refer to the built-in ovens section for additional specifications.
*Minimum clearance from both side edges of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop. **Minimum clearance from rear edge of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop.
Countertop Cut-Out Dimensions
28
3
/
8
"
(721)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT WIDTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP
CUT-OUT DEPTH
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
FRONT OF COUNTERTOP
42
W O L F E L E C T R I C C O O K T O P S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
Model CT36E
36"
(914)
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
3
/
8
" (3).
1
/
2
"
(89)
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
36" (914) Framed Electric Cooktop
13" max
(330)
2"**
(51)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
DEPTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
18"
(457)
24" min
(610)
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
2"* min (51)
CUT-OUT TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
39"
(991)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
36" min (914)
34
3
/
8
"
(873)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT WIDTH
4"
(102)
3
1
/
2
"
(89)
3
3
/
4
" min (95)
10"
(254)
E
36-INCH OVEN OPENING
30"
(762)
COUNTERTOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
ABOVE COOKTOP
*Minimum clearance from both side edges of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop. **Minimum clearance from rear edge of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop.
Countertop Cut-Out Dimensions
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
34
3
/
8
"
(873)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT WIDTH
FRONT OF COUNTERTOP
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP
CUT-OUT DEPTH
Discontinued November 2007
M O D E L O P T I O N S
36" (914) Framed Electric Cooktop
Classic Trim Finish
CT36E/S
Platinum Trim Finish CT36E/P
Carbon Trim Finish
CT36E/B
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model CT36E
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Heating Elements
36" (914)
3
1
/
2
" (89)
21" (533)
Five
Temperature Zones
Eight
Max Element Power 1050 W / 2200 W /
(triple)
2700 W
Max Element Power 750 W / 2200 W
(dual)
Max Element Power 1200 W, 1500 W
(three single)
and 1800 W
Cabinet Width
Cabinet Depth
Height Clearance
39" (991) rec
36" (914) min
22
3
/
4
" (578) min
Cut-Out Width*
Cut-Out Depth
4" (102) min
34
3
/
8
" (873)
19
1
/
4
" (489)
Electrical Supply
Conduit
Electrical Rating
240 V AC / 60 Hz / 50 amp
208 V AC / 60 Hz / 40 amp
4' (1.2 m) flexible 3-wire
Shipping Weight
9.4 kW at 240 V
7.1 kW at 208 V
60 lbs (27 kg)
*If the 36" (914) cooktop is to be used with any combination of additional cooktop units or modules with a filler strip, the cut-out width increases to 35" (889).
The outer diameter of the heating elements are
11 7 /
8
" (302), 9 1 /
8
" (232), 7 7 /
8
" (200), 7 1 /
8
" (181) and 6
1
/
2
" (165).
I N S T A L L A T I O N O P T I O N S
A Wolf 36" (914) L Series single oven may be installed below the 36" (914) framed electric cooktop. For this installation, unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610), it is recommended that the electrical supply be placed in the base cabinet to the right of the oven. A 30" (762) L Series or E Series single oven may also be installed below the 36"
(914) framed electric cooktop. Refer to the built-in ovens section for additional specifications.
When a 36" (914) L Series oven is installed below a cooktop, it is recommended that the rough opening for the oven be 7
3
/
4
" (197) from the floor to ease use of the oven door.
43
W O L F E L E C T R I C C O O K T O P S
New Model CT30EU
30" (762) Unframed
Electric Cooktop
New Model CT36EU
36" (914) Unframed
Electric Cooktop
W O L F U N F R A M E D E L E C T R I C C O O K T O P S
New unframed electric cooktop models will be available in November 2007. These new models will replace the existing cooktop models. New model specifications are found on pages 46–47.
There’s no stainless steel trim on the Wolf unframed electric cooktops, just the sophisticated black ceramic glass top, with subtly patterned design. The 30" (762) and 36" (914) unframed electric cooktops can be mounted flush with the top of the countertop or as a frameless installation sitting on top of the countertop surface.
All models feature multiple cooking elements with different zones—concentric rings that give you exceptional control of temperature for pots and pans of every size. New models offer a bridge that connects two elements for an
8-inch by 17-inch, 4400 watt heating area.
All of the heating elements offer True Simmer, and with each cooktop there is one element that enables you to set a temperature for melting.
Flush mount installations are intended for granite, solid surface or stone countertop surfaces only. Failure to use high heat resistant surface will result in countertop damage if hot cooking utensils are accidentally moved off the cooking surface.
F E A T U R E S
Can be mounted flush with top of countertop or as a frameless installation sitting on top of the countertop surface
Easy-to-clean black ceramic glass surface is resistant to scratching, staining, impact and heat—translucent surface allows you to see the glow of hot elements
High-frequency pulsation elements improve cooking performance and control
Bridge-zone element connects two elements to provide a larger cooking area—new models only
Temperature limiter to ensure that safe operating temperature of ceramic glass is never exceeded
Illuminated touch controls with graduated control lighting
True Simmer setting on all elements
Melt setting on one element
Hot-surface indicator light in control panel
Lock mode—cooktop can be locked so that no elements can be turned on
Universal OFF turns all elements off
Countdown timer with 1 to 99 minute range and adjustable sound frequency and volume (new models only)
CSA certified for US and Canada
W O L F
W A R R A N T Y
Wolf products are covered by a two and five year residential warranty
(exclusions apply).
See warranty details at the end of this guide.
U N F R A M E D E L E C T R I C C O O K T O P F E A T U R E S
New Model CT36EU shown (features vary with existing models)
Triple-zone element
Bridge-zone element
Electronic touch controls
Countdown timer
SIM
OFF
ON
HIGH
MEL
T
N
OFF O
ZONE
HIGH
2
ZONE
3
SIM
OFF
ON
BRI
DGE
HIG
H
OFF ON
SIM
HIGH
O
OFF
Universal OFF key
Hot-surface indicator light
Lock key
Unframed edge Location of rating plate
True Simmer or melt on all elements
M O D E L O P T I O N S
Unframed Electric Cooktops
30" (762) Width
36" (914) Width
CT30EU
CT36EU
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
This appliance is certified by
Star-K to meet strict religious regulations in conjunction with specific instructions found on www.star-k.org.
44
W O L F E L E C T R I C C O O K T O P S
P L A N N I N G I N F O R M A T I O N
Wolf recommends using 33" (838) cabinets with the 30" (762) cooktop and 39" (991) cabinets with the 36" (914) cooktop.
The Wolf 30" (762) and 36" (914) unframed electric cooktops can be mounted flush with the top of the countertop or as a frameless installation sitting on top of the countertop surface.
There’s no stainless steel trim, just the black ceramic glass surface. In either installation the cooktop cut-out dimensions are the same. If the cooktop is to be mounted flush with the countertop, you will need to provide a recessed area surrounding the cooktop cut-out.
IMPORTANT NOTE: If the cooktop is to be mounted flush with the countertop, fabrication of the recessed area must take place before the final countertop installation. A template of the countertop cut-out will be provided with the cooktop for fabrication purposes.
Specifications on the following pages provide overall dimensions, countertop cut-out dimensions and installation specifics for the two different-sized cooktops. We have minimized the information contained in the illustrations, concentrating on the critical information you need to plan your installation.
A Wolf L Series or E Series built-in single oven may be installed below these cooktops. Wolf unframed electric cooktops are designed and agency approved for installation with Wolf builtin ovens only. Also, be aware of the depth of the cooktop when planning for this installation.
A Wolf cooktop or Pro ventilation hood is recommended with these cooktops. When installing a ventilation hood, refer to the specific requirements of the hood for the minimum dimension to the countertop. Refer to pages
92–114 for ventilation specifications.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A Wolf downdraft ventilation system cannot be used with the unframed electric cooktops.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Unframed electric cooktops are not designed to be installed in combination with other cooktops or modules.
E L E C T R I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N T S
The electrical requirements vary with the size of the unframed electric cooktop. Refer to the specifications on the following pages for the two different cooktop sizes. Locate electrical supply within the shaded area shown in the
Installation Specifications illustration for your model.
IMPORTANT NOTE: When an oven is installed below the cooktop, it is recommended that the electrical supply be placed in the base cabinet to the right of the oven, unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610). Refer to pages
4–14 for additional specifications for built-in ovens.
You must follow all National Electrical Code regulations. In addition, be aware of local codes and ordinances when installing your service.
These cooktops are intended for indoor use.
A C C E S S O R I E S
Optional accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the Showroom
Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
This appliance must be installed in accordance with National Electrical Code regulations as well as all state, municipal and local codes. The correct voltage, frequency and amperage must be supplied to the appliance from a dedicated, grounded circuit that is protected by a properly sized circuit breaker or time delay fuse. The proper voltage, frequency and amperage ratings are listed on the product rating plate.
45
W O L F E L E C T R I C C O O K T O P S
NEW
Available November 2007
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
New Model CT30EU
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Heating Elements
30" (762)
4
1
/
4
" (108)
21" (533)
Three
Temperature Zones
Four
Max Element Power
Triple
900 / 1800 / 2500 W
Singles
1200 W and (2) 1800 W
Singles with Bridge
4400 W
Cabinet Width
Cabinet Depth
Height Clearance
Cut-Out Width
Cut-Out Depth
33" (383) rec
30" (762) min
22
3
/
4
" (578) min
4 1 /
2
" (114) min
28
3
/
8
" (721)
19
1
/
4
" (489)
Electrical Supply
Conduit
Electrical Rating
Shipping Weight
240 V AC / 60 Hz / 40 amp
208 V AC / 60 Hz / 30 amp
4' (1.2 m) flexible 3-wire
8.1 kW at 240 V
6.1 kW at 208 V
45 lbs (20 kg)
The outer diameter of the heating elements are
10" (254), two 8" (203) and 6
1
/
2
" (165). The bridge with elements is 8" (203) x 17" (432).
IMPORTANT NOTE: A minimum height clearance of 6
1
/
4
" (159) is required between countertop and any combustible surface directly below cooktop.
I N S T A L L A T I O N O P T I O N S
The Model CT30EU unframed electric cooktop can be mounted flush with the top of the countertop or as a frameless installation sitting on top of the countertop surface. In either installation the cooktop cut-out dimensions are the same. If mounted flush with the countertop, a recessed area surrounding the cooktop cut-out is required.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Flush mount installations are intended for granite, solid surface or stone countertop surfaces only. If the cooktop is to be mounted flush with the countertop, fabrication of the recessed area must take place before the countertop installation. A template of the countertop cut-out will be provided with the cooktop for fabrication purposes.
A Wolf 30" (762) L Series or E Series single oven may be installed below the Model
CT30EU. For this installation, unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610), it is recommended that the electrical supply be placed in the base cabinet to the right of the oven. Refer to the built-in ovens section for additional specifications.
46
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
New Model CT30EU
30"
(762)
OVERALL WIDTH
4
1
/
4
"
(108)
TERMINAL BOX
Unit dimensions may vary to ± 1 /
8
" (3).
5
1
/
2
"
(140)
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
New Model CT30EU
21"
(533)
OVERALL
DEPTH
13" max
(330)
SEE COUNTERTOP
CUT-OUT BELOW
4" min (102)
24" min
(610)
18"
(457)
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
2"* min (51)
CUT-OUT TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
33"
(838) RECOMMENDED
CABINET WIDTH
30" min (762)
SEE COUNTERTOP
CUT-OUT BELOW
4
1
/
2
"
(114)
3
1
/
2
"
(89)
4" min (102)
TO OVEN
OPENING
30-INCH OVEN OPENING
10"
(254)
E
30"
(762)
COUNTERTOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
ABOVE COOKTOP
*Minimum clearance from both side edges and back edge of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop.
Countertop Cut-Out Dimensions
RECESSED AREA FOR
FLUSH MOUNT INSTALLATION ONLY
COUNTERTOP
PROFILE
7
/
8
"
(22) max
1
5
/
16
"
(33)
RADIUS
30
1
/
8
"** (765)
RECESSED AREA FOR
FLUSH MOUNT INSTALLATION ONLY
28
3
/
8
"
(721) COOKTOP
CUT-OUT WIDTH
2"*
(51)
21
1
/
8
"**
(537)
RECESSED AREA
FOR FLUSH MOUNT
INSTALLATION ONLY
1
9
/
16
"
(40)
7
/
16
"
(11) RADIUS
19
3
/
8
"
(492)
COOKTOP
CUT-OUT DEPTH
5
/
16
" (8)
FRONT OF COUNTERTOP
**Minimum dimension, but may be exceeded by up to
1
/
8
" (3).
2
7
/
16
"
(62)
IMPORTANT NOTE: For flush mount applications, it is recommended that you measure the cooktop glass before cutting the countertop to ensure a proper fit. Small variances may exist between the template and the cooktop.
W O L F E L E C T R I C C O O K T O P S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
New Model CT36EU
36"
(914)
OVERALL WIDTH
4
1
/
4
"
(108)
TERMINAL BOX
Unit dimensions may vary to ± 1 /
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
New Model CT36EU
5
21"
(533)
OVERALL
DEPTH
1
/
2
"
(140)
13" max
(330)
SEE COUNTERTOP
CUT-OUT BELOW
4" min (102)
24" min
(610)
18"
(457)
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
2"* min (51)
CUT-OUT TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
39"
(991)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
36" min (914)
SEE COUNTERTOP
CUT-OUT BELOW
4" min (102)
TO OVEN
OPENING
4
1
/
2
"
(114)
3
1
/
2
"
(89)
36-INCH OVEN OPENING
10"
(254)
E
30"
(762)
COUNTERTOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
ABOVE COOKTOP
*Minimum clearance from both side edges and back edge of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop.
Countertop Cut-Out Dimensions
RECESSED AREA FOR
FLUSH MOUNT INSTALLATION ONLY
COUNTERTOP
PROFILE
7
/
8
"
(22) max
5
/
16
"
(8)
1
5
/
16
"
(33)
RADIUS
21
1
/
8
"**
(537)
RECESSED AREA
FOR FLUSH MOUNT
INSTALLATION ONLY
1
9
/
16
"
(40)
**Minimum dimension, but may be exceeded by up to
1
/
8
" (3).
36
1
/
8
"**
(918)
RECESSED AREA FOR
FLUSH MOUNT INSTALLATION ONLY
34
3
/
8
"
(873)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT WIDTH
7
/
16
"
(11) RADIUS
2"*
(51)
19
3
/
8
"
(492)
COOKTOP
CUT-OUT DEPTH
FRONT OF COUNTERTOP
2
7
/
16
"
(62)
IMPORTANT NOTE: For flush mount applications, it is recommended that you measure the cooktop glass before cutting the countertop to ensure a proper fit. Small variances may exist between the template and the cooktop.
NEW
Available November 2007
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
New Model CT36EU
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Heating Elements
36" (914)
4
1
/
4
" (108)
21" (533)
Four
Temperature Zones
Five
Max Element Power
Triple
Dual
Singles
1050 / 2200 / 2700 W
700 / 2200 W
1200 W and (2) 1800 W
Singles with Bridge
4400 W
Cabinet Width
Cabinet Depth
Height Clearance
Cut-Out Width
Cut-Out Depth
Electrical Supply
39" (991) rec
36" (914) min
22
3
/
4
" (578) min
4
1
/
2
" (114) min
34
3
/
8
" (873)
19
1
/
4
" (489)
240 V AC / 60 Hz / 50 amp
208 V AC / 60 Hz / 40 amp
Conduit
Electrical Rating
Shipping Weight
4' (1.2 m) flexible 3-wire
10.5 kW at 240 V
7.9 kW at 208 V
60 lbs (27 kg)
The outer diameter of the heating elements are
12" (305), 9" (229), two 8" (203) and 6
1
/
2
" (165).
The bridge with elements is 8" (203) x 17" (432).
IMPORTANT NOTE: A minimum height clearance of 6
1
/
4
" (159) is required between countertop and any combustible surface directly below cooktop.
I N S T A L L A T I O N O P T I O N S
The Model CT36EU unframed electric cooktop can be mounted flush with the top of the countertop or as a frameless installation sitting on top of the countertop surface. In either installation the cooktop cut-out dimensions are the same. If mounted flush with the countertop, a recessed area surrounding the cooktop cut-out is required.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Flush mount installations are intended for granite, solid surface or stone countertop surfaces only. If the cooktop is to be mounted flush with the countertop, fabrication of the recessed area must take place before the countertop installation. A template of the countertop cut-out will be provided with the cooktop for fabrication purposes.
A Wolf 36" (914) L Series single oven may be installed below the Model CT36EU. For this installation, unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610), it is recommended that the electrical supply be placed in the base cabinet to the right of the oven. A 30" (762)
L Series or E Series single oven may also be installed below the Model CT36EU.
When a 36" (914) L Series oven is installed below a cooktop, it is recommended that the rough opening for the oven be 7
3
/
4
" (197) from the floor to ease use of the oven door.
47
W O L F E L E C T R I C C O O K T O P S
Discontinued November 2007
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model CT30EU
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Heating Elements
30" (762)
4" (102)
21" (533)
Four
Temperature Zones
Six
Max Element Power 750 W / 2200 W and
(two dual)
950 W / 1900 W
Max Element Power 1200 W and 1500 W
(two single)
Cabinet Width
Cabinet Depth
Height Clearance
33" (383) rec
30" (762) min
22
3
/
4
" (578) min
Cut-Out Width
Cut-Out Depth
4" (102) min
28
3
/
8
" (721)
19 3 /
8
" (492)
Electrical Supply
Conduit
Electrical Rating
Shipping Weight
240 V AC / 60 Hz / 40 amp
208 V AC / 60 Hz / 30 amp
4' (1.2 m) flexible 3-wire
6.8 kW at 240 V
5.2 kW at 208 V
45 lbs (20 kg)
The outer diameter of the heating elements are
9" (229), 8
1
/
2
" (216), 7" (179) and 6
1
/
2
" (165).
I N S T A L L A T I O N O P T I O N S
The Model CT30EU unframed electric cooktop can be mounted flush with the top of the countertop or as a frameless installation sitting on top of the countertop surface. In either installation the cooktop cut-out dimensions are the same. If mounted flush with the countertop, a recessed area surrounding the cooktop cut-out is required.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Flush mount installations are intended for granite, solid surface or stone countertop surfaces only. If the cooktop is to be mounted flush with the countertop, fabrication of the recessed area must take place before the countertop installation. A template of the countertop cut-out will be provided with the cooktop for fabrication purposes.
A Wolf 30" (762) L Series or E Series single oven may be installed below the Model
CT30EU. For this installation, unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610), it is recommended that the electrical supply be placed in the base cabinet to the right of the oven. Refer to the built-in ovens section for additional specifications.
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
48
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
Model CT30EU
30"
(762)
OVERALL WIDTH
21"
(533)
OVERALL
DEPTH
4"
(102)
Unit dimensions may vary to ± 1 /
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model CT30EU
13" max
(330)
SEE COUNTERTOP
CUT-OUT BELOW
4" min (102)
24" min
(610)
18"
(457)
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
2"* min (51)
CUT-OUT TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
33"
(838) RECOMMENDED
CABINET WIDTH
30" min (762)
SEE COUNTERTOP
CUT-OUT BELOW
4"
(102)
3
1
/
2
"
(89)
10"
(254)
E
30-INCH OVEN OPENING
30"
(762)
COUNTERTOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
ABOVE COOKTOP
*Minimum clearance from both side edges and back edge of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop.
Countertop Cut-Out Dimensions
RECESSED AREA FOR
FLUSH MOUNT INSTALLATION ONLY
COUNTERTOP
PROFILE
7
/
8
"
(22) max
1
5
/
16
"
(33)
RADIUS
30
1
/
8
"** (765)
RECESSED AREA FOR
FLUSH MOUNT INSTALLATION ONLY
28
3
/
8
"
(721) COOKTOP
CUT-OUT WIDTH
2"*
(51)
21
1
/
8
"**
(537)
RECESSED AREA
FOR FLUSH MOUNT
INSTALLATION ONLY
1
9
/
16
"
(40)
7
/
16
"
(11) RADIUS
19
3
/
8
"
(492)
COOKTOP
CUT-OUT DEPTH
5
/
16
" (8)
FRONT OF COUNTERTOP
**Minimum dimension, but may be exceeded by up to
1
/
8
" (3).
2
7
/
16
"
(62)
IMPORTANT NOTE: For flush mount applications, it is recommended that you measure the cooktop glass before cutting the countertop to ensure a proper fit. Small variances may exist between the template and the cooktop.
W O L F E L E C T R I C C O O K T O P S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
Model CT36EU
36"
(914)
OVERALL WIDTH
21"
(533)
OVERALL
DEPTH
Unit dimensions may vary to ± 1 /
8
" (3).
4"
(102)
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model CT36EU
Discontinued November 2007
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model CT36EU
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Heating Elements
36" (914)
4" (102)
21" (533)
Five
Temperature Zones
Eight
Max Element Power 1050 W / 2200 W /
(triple)
2700 W
Max Element Power 750 W / 2200 W
(dual)
Max Element Power 1200 W, 1500 W
(three single)
and 1800 W
Cabinet Width
Cabinet Depth
Height Clearance
39" (991) rec
36" (914) min
22
3
/
4
" (578) min
Cut-Out Width
Cut-Out Depth
4" (102) min
34
3
/
8
" (873)
19
3
/
8
" (492)
Electrical Supply
Conduit
Electrical Rating
240 V AC / 60 Hz / 50 amp
208 V AC / 60 Hz / 40 amp
4' (1.2 m) flexible 3-wire
Shipping Weight
9.4 kW at 240 V
7.1 kW at 208 V
60 lbs (27 kg)
The outer diameter of the heating elements are
11
7
/
8
" (302), 9
1
/
8
" (232), 7
7
/
8
" (200), 7
1
/
8
" (181) and 6
1
/
2
" (165).
13" max
(330)
SEE COUNTERTOP
CUT-OUT BELOW
4" min (102)
24" min
(610)
18"
(457)
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
2"* min (51)
CUT-OUT TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
39"
(991)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
36" min (914)
SEE COUNTERTOP
CUT-OUT BELOW
4"
(102)
3
1
/
2
"
(89)
10"
(254)
E
36-INCH OVEN OPENING
30"
(762)
COUNTERTOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
ABOVE COOKTOP
*Minimum clearance from both side edges and back edge of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop.
Countertop Cut-Out Dimensions
RECESSED AREA FOR
FLUSH MOUNT INSTALLATION ONLY
COUNTERTOP
PROFILE
7
/
8
"
(22) max
1
5
/
16
"
(33)
RADIUS
36
1
/
8
"**
(918)
RECESSED AREA FOR
FLUSH MOUNT INSTALLATION ONLY
34
3
/
8
"
(873)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT WIDTH
2"*
(51)
21
1
/
8
"**
(537)
RECESSED AREA
FOR FLUSH MOUNT
INSTALLATION ONLY
1
9
/
16
"
(40)
7
/
16
"
(11) RADIUS
19
3
/
8
"
(492)
COOKTOP
CUT-OUT DEPTH
5
/
16
"
(8)
**Minimum dimension, but may be exceeded by up to
1
/
8
" (3).
FRONT OF COUNTERTOP
2
7
/
16
"
(62)
IMPORTANT NOTE: For flush mount applications, it is recommended that you measure the cooktop glass before cutting the countertop to ensure a proper fit. Small variances may exist between the template and the cooktop.
I N S T A L L A T I O N O P T I O N S
The Model CT36EU unframed electric cooktop can be mounted flush with the top of the countertop or as a frameless installation sitting on top of the countertop surface. In either installation the cooktop cut-out dimensions are the same. If mounted flush with the countertop, a recessed area surrounding the cooktop cut-out is required.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Flush mount installations are intended for granite, solid surface or stone countertop surfaces only. If the cooktop is to be mounted flush with the countertop, fabrication of the recessed area must take place before the countertop installation. A template of the countertop cut-out will be provided with the cooktop for fabrication purposes.
A Wolf 36" (914) L Series single oven may be installed below the Model CT36EU. For this installation, unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610), it is recommended that the electrical supply be placed in the base cabinet to the right of the oven. A 30" (762)
L Series or E Series single oven may also be installed below the Model CT36EU.
When a 36" (914) L Series oven is installed below a cooktop, it is recommended that the rough opening for the oven be 7
3
/
4
" (197) from the floor to ease use of the oven door.
49
W O L F G A S C O O K T O P S
Model CT15G
15" (381)
Gas Cooktop
Model CT30G
30" (762)
Gas Cooktop
Model CT36G
36" (914)
Gas Cooktop
W O L F G A S C O O K T O P S
New features make cooking a greater pleasure than ever. For instance, at higher settings the dual-stacked burner design uses its upper-level burner for maximum heat transfer. Merely turn down the illuminated knob and the lower-tier burners deliver fine-tuning control and True
Simmer. You’ll see why we patented this concept when you can have the slightest of flame and enjoy a simmer with no boiling or scorching. This is heat tailored for every cooking vessel you’re using—from the largest stockpot to the smallest melting pan.
All gas cooktops are available in the classic stainless steel finish, and for the 30" (762) and
36" (914) cooktops you can choose the premium platinum stainless steel finish. The 15" (381) gas cooktop is available only in the classic stainless steel finish.
A more powerful 15,000 Btu/hr (4.4 kW) burner is standard on the 30" (762) and 36" (914) gas cooktops.
The dual-stacked sealed burners and deep recess of the seamless drawn pan area make cleanup of any of those previously unsightly spills a snap.
F E A T U R E S
Available in natural and LP gas
Stainless steel top construction, available in classic and platinum stainless steel finishes—
Model CT15G available in classic finish only
Dual-stacked, sealed burners with automatic reignition on all settings
Large 15,000 Btu/hr (4.4 kW) burner with
800 Btu/hr (.2 kW) delivered at simmer—Models
CT30G and CT36G only
Medium 12,000 Btu/hr (3.5 kW) burner with
800 Btu/hr (.2 kW) delivered at simmer
Small 9,200 Btu/hr (2.7 kW) burners with 300
Btu/hr (.1 kW) delivered at simmer
Individual spark ignition system
True Simmer setting on all burners
Illuminated control panel with two-tiered control knobs
Low-profile, cast iron continuous burner grates with matte porcelain finish
Seamless drawn burner pan
CSA certified for US and Canada
This appliance is certified by
Star-K to meet strict religious regulations in conjunction with specific instructions found on www.star-k.org.
W O L F
W A R R A N T Y
Wolf products are covered by a two and five year residential warranty
(exclusions apply).
See warranty details at the end of this guide.
G A S C O O K T O P F E A T U R E S
Model CT36G shown
Small 9,200 Btu/hr
(2.7 kW) burners
Low-profile continuous grates
Two-tiered control knobs
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Seamless drawn pan
Location of rating plate
Large 15,000 Btu/hr
(4.4 kW) burner
Illuminated control panel
Medium 12,000 Btu/hr
(3.5 kW) burner
M O D E L O P T I O N S
Gas Cooktops
15" (381) Gas Cooktop
Classic Stainless
CT15G/S
30" (762) Gas Cooktop
Classic Stainless
CT30G/S
Platinum Stainless
CT30G/P
36" (914) Gas Cooktop
Classic Stainless
CT36G/S
Platinum Stainless
CT36G/P
Natural gas models listed; for LP gas add (-LP) to the model number.
50
W O L F G A S C O O K T O P S
P L A N N I N G I N F O R M A T I O N
Wolf offers three sizes of gas cooktops to choose from to address your clients‘ needs. The
30" (762) and 36" (914) cooktops are available in classic and platinum stainless steel finish. The
15" (381) cooktop module comes in classic stainless steel only.
Wolf recommends using 33" (838) cabinets with the 30" (762) cooktop and 39" (991) cabinets with the 36" (914) cooktop.
Specifications on the following pages provide overall dimensions, countertop cut-out dimensions and installation specifics for the three different-sized cooktops. We have minimized the information contained in the illustrations, concentrating on the critical information you need to plan your installation.
A Wolf L Series or E Series built-in single oven may be installed below these cooktops. Wolf gas cooktops are designed and agency approved for installation with Wolf built-in ovens only. Also, be aware of the depth of the cooktop when planning for this installation.
Multiple cooktops and/or integrated modules can be installed side by side. Refer to the countertop cut-out dimensions on page 55 when planning for this installation.
These cooktops can accommodate a Wolf cooktop hood, downdraft system or Pro ventilation hood or hood liner. When installing a ventilation hood, refer to the specific requirements of the hood for the minimum dimension to the countertop. Refer to pages 92–114 for ventilation specifications.
E L E C T R I C A L | G A S R E Q U I R E M E N T S
The electric ignition system is a safe, convenient and reliable way to provide ignition for the burners. However, you need to make provisions for a separate 120 V AC, 60 Hz power supply.
The service should have its own 15 amp circuit breaker, and a grounded 3-prong receptacle should be located within reach of the 6' (1.8 m) power cord.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) is not recommended and may cause interruption of operation.
Wolf gas cooktops are designed to operate on natural gas at 5" (12.5 mb) WC (water column) pressure or LP (propane) gas at 10" (25 mb) WC pressure. The minimum line pressure for natural gas is 7" (17.5 mb) WC and 11" (27.4 mb) WC for LP gas. The maximum gas supply pressure to the regulator should never exceed 14" (34.9 mb)
WC, .5 psi (3.5 kPa). They are supplied with a
1
/
2
" NPT male gas connection at the right rear corner on the bottom of the cooktop. The male connector exits the unit straight down, and you are supplied with a regulator with two female connectors.
Locate electrical and gas supply within the shaded area shown in the Installation
Specifications illustration for your model.
IMPORTANT NOTE: When an oven is installed below the cooktop, it is recommended that the electrical supply be placed in the base cabinet to the right of the oven, unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610). Refer to pages
4–14 for additional specifications for built-in ovens.
When a gas cooktop is installed above cabinets, the gas and electrical placement is not critical.
A grounded outlet needs to be placed within 4'
(1.2 m) of the right rear of the cooktop.
You must follow all National Electrical Code and gas regulations. In addition, be aware of local codes and ordinances when installing your services.
H I G H A L T I T U D E
Wolf gas cooktops using natural gas function up to an altitude of 8,000'
(2438 m) without any adjustment.
Natural gas installations from 8,000'
(2438 m) to 10,000'
(3048 m) need the high altitude conversion kit.
LP gas installations will operate up to
10,000' (3048 m) without adjustment.
A C C E S S O R I E S
Gas Cooktops
One-piece wok and single burner grate (Models CT30G and
CT36G)
Filler strip
Bracket supports for installation of two integrated modules with downdraft (Model DD30 only)
High altitude conversion kit
Accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the
Showroom Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
These cooktops are intended for indoor use.
51
W O L F G A S C O O K T O P S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
15" (381) Gas Cooktop
M O D E L O P T I O N S
15" (381) Gas Cooktop
Classic / Natural Gas CT15G/S
Classic / LP Gas
CT15G/S-LP
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
15" (381) Gas Cooktop
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Burner Rating
Cabinet Depth
Height Clearance
Cut-Out Width
Cut-Out Depth
Electrical Supply
Power Cord
Gas Rating
15" (381)
4" (102)
21" (533)
(1) 12,000 Btu/hr
(3.5 kW) with
800 Btu/hr (.2 kW) delivered at simmer
(1) 9,200 Btu/hr
(2.7 kW) with
300 Btu/hr (.1 kW) delivered at simmer
22
3
/
4
" (578) min
4" (102) min
14" (356)
19
1
/
4
" (489)
120 V AC, 60 Hz
15 amp circuit
6' (1.8 m) 3-prong
21,200 Btu/hr
(6.2 kW)
30 lbs (14 kg)
Shipping Weight
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N O P T I O N S
For the 15" (381) gas cooktop, the gas service may be supplied through the floor if the cooktop is not installed above an oven.
Refer to the illustration for specifics on placement of gas and electrical.
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
52
15"
(381)
OVERALL WIDTH
21"
(533)
OVERALL
DEPTH
4"
(102)
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
15" (381) Gas Cooktop
13" max
(330)
2
1
/
2
"**
(64)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
DEPTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
18"
(457)
33"
(838) RECOMMENDED
CABINET WIDTH
7"* min (178)
CUT-OUT TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
14"
(356)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
WIDTH
4"
(102)
30"
(762)
COUNTERTOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
ABOVE COOKTOP
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
E G
15"
(381)
LOCATION OF GAS
SUPPLY MAY ALSO
EXTEND 5" ON FLOOR
FROM BACK WALL
5"
(127)
15"
(381)
LOCATION OF GAS SUPPLY
MAY ALSO EXTEND 5" ON
FLOOR FROM BACK WALL
15"
(381)
NOTE: Application shown allows for installation of two 15" (381) modules side-by-side with 33" (838) recommended cabinet width. 18" (457) recommended cabinet width for installation of single 15" (381) cooktop or module. *Minimum clearance from both side edges of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop. **Minimum clearance from rear edge of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop.
Countertop Cut-Out Dimensions
14"
(356)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
WIDTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP
CUT-OUT DEPTH
FRONT OF COUNTERTOP
W O L F G A S C O O K T O P S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
30" (762) Gas Cooktop
30"
(762)
OVERALL WIDTH
Countertop Cut-Out Dimensions
21"
(533)
OVERALL
DEPTH
4"
(102)
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
30" (762) Gas Cooktop
13" max
(330)
2
1
/
2
"**
(64)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
DEPTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
18"
(457)
24" min
(610)
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
9"* min (229)
CUT-OUT TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
33"
(838) RECOMMENDED
CABINET WIDTH
30" min (762)
29"
(737) COOKTOP
CUT-OUT WIDTH
3
3
/
4
" min
(95)
4"
(102)
3
1
/
2
"
(89)
E
10"
(254)
G
30-INCH OVEN OPENING
30"
(762)
COUNTERTOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
ABOVE COOKTOP
*Minimum clearance from both side edges of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop.
**Minimum clearance from rear edge of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop.
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
29"
(737)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT WIDTH
FRONT OF COUNTERTOP
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP
CUT-OUT DEPTH
M O D E L O P T I O N S
30" (762) Gas Cooktop
Classic / Natural Gas CT30G/S
Platinum / Natural Gas CT30G/P
Classic / LP Gas
Platinum / LP Gas
CT30G/S-LP
CT30G/P-LP
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
30" (762) Gas Cooktop
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Burner Rating
Cabinet Width
Cabinet Depth
Height Clearance
Cut-Out Width
Cut-Out Depth
Electrical Supply
Power Cord
Gas Rating
30" (762)
4" (102)
21" (533)
(1) 15,000 Btu/hr
(4.4 kW) with
800 Btu/hr (.2 kW) delivered at simmer
(1) 12,000 Btu/hr
(3.5 kW) with
800 Btu/hr (.2 kW) delivered at simmer
(2) 9,200 Btu/hr
(2.7 kW) with
300 Btu/hr (.1 kW) delivered at simmer
33" (383) rec
30" (762) min
22
3
/
4
" (578) min
4" (102) min
29" (737)
19
1
/
4
" (489)
120 V AC, 60 Hz
15 amp circuit
6' (1.8 m) 3-prong
45,400 Btu/hr
(13.3 kW)
50 lbs (23 kg)
Shipping Weight
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N O P T I O N S
A Wolf 30" (762) L Series or E Series single oven may be installed below the 30" (762) gas cooktop. For this installation, unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610), it is recommended that the electrical and gas supply be placed in the base cabinet to the right of the oven. Refer to the built-in ovens section for additional specifications.
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
53
W O L F G A S C O O K T O P S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
36" (914) Gas Cooktop
M O D E L O P T I O N S
36" (914) Gas Cooktop
Classic / Natural Gas CT36G/S
Platinum / Natural Gas CT36G/P
Classic / LP Gas
Platinum / LP Gas
CT36G/S-LP
CT36G/P-LP
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
36" (914) Gas Cooktop
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Burner Rating
Cabinet Width
Cabinet Depth
Height Clearance
Cut-Out Width
Cut-Out Depth
Electrical Supply
Power Cord
Gas Rating
Shipping Weight
36" (914)
4" (102)
21" (533)
(1) 15,000 Btu/hr
(4.4 kW) with
800 Btu/hr (.2 kW) delivered at simmer
(1) 12,000 Btu/hr
(3.5 kW) with
800 Btu/hr (.2 kW) delivered at simmer
(3) 9,200 Btu/hr
(2.7 kW) with
300 Btu/hr (.1 kW) delivered at simmer
39" (991) rec
36" (914) min
22
3
/
4
" (578) min
4" (102) min
35" (889)
19
1
/
4
" (489)
120 V AC, 60 Hz
15 amp circuit
6' (1.8 m) 3-prong
54,600 Btu/hr
(16.0 kW)
67 lbs (30 kg)
I N S T A L L A T I O N O P T I O N S
A Wolf 36" (914) L Series single oven may be installed below the 36" (914) gas cooktop. For this installation, unless you are using cabinets deeper than 24" (610), it is recommended that the electrical and gas supply be placed in the base cabinet to the right of the oven. A Wolf
30" (762) L Series or E Series single oven may also be installed below the 36" (914) gas cooktop. Refer to the built-in ovens section for additional specifications.
When a 36" (914) L Series oven is installed below a cooktop, it is recommended that the rough opening for the oven be 7
3
/
4
" (197) from the floor to ease use of the oven door.
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
54
36"
(914)
OVERALL WIDTH
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
21"
(533)
OVERALL
DEPTH
4"
/
8
" (3).
(102)
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
36" (914) Gas Cooktop
13" max
(330)
2
1
/
2
"**
(64)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
DEPTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
18"
(457)
24" min
(610)
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
9"* min (229)
CUT-OUT TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
39"
(991)
RECOMMENDED CABINET WIDTH
36" min (914)
35"
(889)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT WIDTH
4"
(102)
3
1
/
2
"
(89)
E G
3
3
/
4
" min (95)
10"
(254)
36-INCH OVEN OPENING
30"
(762)
COUNTERTOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
ABOVE COOKTOP
*Minimum clearance from both side edges of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop.
**Minimum clearance from rear edge of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop.
Countertop Cut-Out Dimensions
35"
(889)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT WIDTH
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
FRONT OF COUNTERTOP
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP
CUT-OUT DEPTH
W O L F I N T E G R A T E D M O D U L E S
W O L F I N T E G R A T E D M O D U L E S
With Wolf‘s integrated modules, you have the ultimate in customization. You can create your own design by mixing and matching the various components within this system. And when you couple these modules with other cooktops within the Wolf inventory, you and your client will truly understand freedom of choice.
Some modules integrate with their larger counterparts, right down to their low-profile grates, dual-stacked gas burners, deep spill pan and illuminated controls. The two-element electric and dual-stacked sealed burner gas cooktop modules deliver the same performance and appearance as the larger electric and gas cooktops.
Some integrated modules can be installed together or with a 30" (762) or 36" (914) cooktop. When multiple cooktops or modules are installed side by side, the cut-out dimensions shown in the illustration below are derived by adding 1
1
/
4
" (32) additional space for each additional unit, to give you your total cut-out width.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Refer to specifications on the following pages for specific installation requirements and limitations for each integrated module. Review specific installation instructions for product-to-product capabilities. Additional information is provided in the specifications pdf files on our website, wolfappliance.com.
Refer to the following illustration for countertop cut-out dimensions for the installation of multiple cooktops or modules.
IMPORTANT NOTE: When multiple cooktops or modules are installed side by side, each unit must have its own separate recommended electrical circuit. When multiple gas cooktops or modules are installed next to one another, they can receive their gas supply from a common line.
However, each unit must have its own regulator installed between the mainline and the cooktop or module.
New Model CT15I/S
Induction Cooktop
New Model CT15E/S
Electric Cooktop
Model IG15/S
Electric Grill
These integrated modules are intended for indoor use.
Model IS15/S
Electric Steamer
C O U N T E R T O P C U T - O U T D I M E N S I O N S
Installation of Multiple Cooktops or Modules
59
3
/
4
"
(1518) FOUR MODULES WIDTH OR
59
1
/
2
"
(1511) 30" COOKTOP AND TWO MODULES OR
50
1
/
4
"
(1276) 36" COOKTOP AND ONE MODULE
44
1
/
2
"
(1130) THREE MODULES WIDTH OR
44
1
/
4
"
(1124) 30" COOKTOP AND ONE MODULE
29
1
/
4
"
(743)
TWO MODULES WIDTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
14"
(356)
CUT-OUT
WIDTH
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
CUT-OUT
DEPTH
FRONT OF COUNTERTOP
IMPORTANT NOTE: When two or more modules are installed together, an integrated module filler strip is recommended. If a Model DD30 downdraft system is also installed, an integrated module support for downdraft ventilation is required. Contact your Wolf dealer for information on these accessory components.
Model IF15/S
Electric Fryer
I N T E G R A T E D M O D U L E S
15" (381) Width
Induction Cooktop
Electric Cooktop
Electric Grill
Electric Steamer
Electric Fryer
Gas Cooktop
Gas Multi-Function
Cooktop
CT15I/S
CT15E/S
IG15/S
IS15/S
IF15/S
CT15G/S
IM15/S
All integrated modules are available in the classic stainless steel finish.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Refer to specifications on the following pages for specific installation requirements and limitations for each integrated module.
Specifications for Model CT15E/S are found on page 38 and Model CT15G/S specifications are on page 52.
Model CT15G/S
Gas Cooktop
Model IM15/S
Gas Multi-Function
Cooktop
55
W O L F I N T E G R A T E D M O D U L E S
Model IG15/S
Electric Grill Module
E L E C T R I C G R I L L M O D U L E
Who says you have to sacrifice the fun of grilling when the weather changes and you cannot take advantage of the outdoors? With this grill cooktop you can easily handle steaks and all sorts of food without the hassle of lava rocks or briquettes.
There are two individual heating elements—front and back—on this module that enable you to cook on one side while keeping other items at serving temperature.
For ease of cleaning, there are porcelainized plates below two 1400-watt heating elements that accumulate any unwanted grease and drain it away.
The Wolf electric grill module is available in classic stainless steel.
F E A T U R E S
Integrated design allows for installation of multiple cooktops or modules
Stainless steel top construction with classic stainless steel finish
Two 1400-watt, individually controlled heating elements—front and back—for even grilling
Illuminated electronic touch controls with graduated control lighting
Low-profile, one-piece cast iron grilling grate with matte porcelain finish
Black porcelain-coated grease deflection plates
Easy-to-clean, removable porcelain collection pan
Independent digital timer
CSA certified for US and Canada
This appliance is certified by Star-K to meet strict religious regulations in conjunction with specific instructions found on www.star-k.org.
W O L F
W A R R A N T Y
Wolf products are covered by a two and five year residential warranty
(exclusions apply).
See warranty details at the end of this guide.
E L E C T R I C G R I L L F E A T U R E S
Model IG15/S
Low-profile, one-piece grilling grate
Two 1400-watt heating elements
Illuminated electronic touch controls
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
Model IG15/S
21"
(533)
OVERALL
DEPTH
15"
(381)
OVERALL WIDTH
6
1
/
4
"
(159)
Removable collection pan
Graduated control lighting
Location of rating plate
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
56
A C C E S S O R I E S
Electric Grill Module
Filler strip
Accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the
Showroom Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
W O L F I N T E G R A T E D M O D U L E S
P L A N N I N G I N F O R M A T I O N
The illustrations provide the overall dimensions and finished cut-out dimensions that you need to plan for in your installation. We have minimized the information contained in the illustrations, concentrating on the critical information you need to plan your installation.
IMPORTANT NOTE: When multiple cooktops or modules are installed side by side, refer to page
55 for countertop cut-out dimensions.
The grill module can accommodate a Wolf cooktop hood or Pro ventilation hood or hood liner. When installing a ventilation hood, refer to the specific requirements of the hood for the minimum dimension to the countertop. Refer to pages 92–114 for ventilation specifications.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Wolf does not recommend the use of downdraft ventilation with the grill module.
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model IG15/S
E L E C T R I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N T S
The Wolf electric grill module requires a separate, grounded 3-wire 240/208 V AC, 60 Hz,
15 amp service with its own circuit breaker.
Locate electrical within the shaded area shown in the illustration.
You must follow all National Electrical Code regulations. In addition, be aware of local codes and ordinances when installing your service.
13" max
(330)
2"**
(51)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
DEPTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
18"
(457)
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
33"
(838) RECOMMENDED
CABINET WIDTH
7"* min (178)
CUT-OUT TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
14"
(356)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
WIDTH
6
1
/
4
"
(159)
E
15"
(381)
30"
(762)
COUNTERTOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
ABOVE COOKTOP
15"
(381)
NOTE: Application shown allows for installation of two 15" (381) modules side-by-side with 33" (838) recommended cabinet width. 18" (457) recommended cabinet width for installation of single 15" (381) cooktop or module. *Minimum clearance from both side edges of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop. **Minimum clearance from rear edge of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop.
Countertop Cut-Out Dimensions
14"
(356)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
WIDTH
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model IG15/S
Electric Grill Module
Exterior Finish
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Heating Element
Zone (rear)
Classic
15" (381)
6
1
/
4
" (159)
21" (533)
Temperature Zones
Two
Heating Element
Zone (front)
1400 W
1400 W
Total Element Power 2800 W
Cabinet Depth
Height Clearance
22
3
/
4
" (578) min
6
1
/
4
" (159) min
Cut-Out Width
Cut-Out Depth
Electrical Supply
Conduit
Electrical Rating
Shipping Weight
14" (356)
19 1 /
4
" (489)
240/208 V AC, 60 Hz
15 amp circuit
4' (1.2 m) flexible 3-wire
2.8 kW at 240 V
2.1 kW at 208 V
50 lbs (28 kg)
Unit dimensions may vary to ± 1 /
8
" (3).
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP
CUT-OUT DEPTH
FRONT OF COUNTERTOP
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
57
W O L F I N T E G R A T E D M O D U L E S
Model IS15/S
Electric Steamer
Module
E L E C T R I C S T E A M E R M O D U L E
From a temperature of 140ËšF (60ËšC) to boil, you can keep food hot for long periods of time or defrost easily without drying out or losing flavor.
The beauty of this steamer module is accented by the sculptured glass domed lid, which is easily inverted for storage to keep a low profile.
The deep, large vessel with a two-gallon (7.6 L) capacity can hold up to 14 cups of cooked pasta. Includes one solid and one perforated stackable insert pan.
The diversity of our electric steamer includes slow cooking, double boiling, steaming eggs, steaming custard, proofing bread dough, warming food and melting chocolate as well as steaming vegetables.
The Wolf electric steamer module is available in classic stainless steel.
This steamer module must be installed at least 15" (381) away from a Wolf fryer module, as contact between water and hot oil may cause burns from steam and hot oil.
F E A T U R E S
Integrated design allows for installation of multiple cooktops or modules
Stainless steel top construction with classic stainless steel finish
Hidden 2600-watt heating element
Illuminated electronic touch controls with graduated control lighting
Large two-gallon (7.6 L) maximum capacity tub—
10-cup capacity for steaming
Two stackable stainless steel steamer insert pans—one solid and one perforated
Uses include steaming vegetables, eggs and custard, double boiling, proofing bread dough, warming food and melting chocolate
Can function as a slow cooker for 8–10 hours
Reversible domed glass lid for easy storage
Independent digital timer
Digital temperature readout and preheat indicator
Electronic drain
CSA certified for US and Canada
This appliance is certified by Star-K to meet strict religious regulations in conjunction with specific instructions found on www.star-k.org.
W O L F
W A R R A N T Y
Wolf products are covered by a two and five year residential warranty
(exclusions apply).
See warranty details at the end of this guide.
E L E C T R I C S T E A M E R F E A T U R E S
Model IS15/S
Reversible domed glass lid
Hidden 2600-watt heating element
Illuminated electronic touch controls
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
Model IS15/S
21"
(533)
OVERALL
DEPTH
Deep drawn pan Location of rating plate
Digital temperature readout
Graduated control lighting
7
1
/
2
"
(191)
15"
(381)
OVERALL WIDTH
13
1
/
2
"
(343)
TO DRAIN
OUTLET
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
58
A C C E S S O R I E S
Electric Steamer Module
Filler strip
Accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the
Showroom Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
W O L F I N T E G R A T E D M O D U L E S
P L A N N I N G I N F O R M A T I O N
The illustrations provide the overall dimensions and finished cut-out dimensions that you need to plan for in your installation.
IMPORTANT NOTE: When multiple cooktops or modules are installed side by side, refer to page
55 for countertop cut-out dimensions.
For the drain connection, the
5
/
8
" (16) outlet from the valve will accept a drain hose that must flow downward to, and tie into, an existing sink drain. A separate drain with a freefall may also be installed. (Following local building codes, your plumber will dictate how to plumb the unit.) As a third option, the consumer will supply a heat resistant bucket for drainage in the location of the drain outlet. Refer to the illustration for location of the drain outlet.
The steamer module can accommodate a Wolf cooktop hood or Pro ventilation hood or hood liner. When installing a ventilation hood, refer to the specific requirements of the hood for the minimum dimension to the countertop. Refer to pages 92–114 for ventilation specifications.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Wolf does not recommend the use of downdraft ventilation with the steamer module.
E L E C T R I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N T S
The Wolf electric steamer module requires a separate, grounded 3-wire 240/208 V AC, 60 Hz,
15 amp service with its own circuit breaker.
Locate electrical within the shaded area shown.
You must follow all National Electrical Code regulations. In addition, be aware of local codes and ordinances when installing your service.
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model IS15/S
13" max
(330)
2"**
(51)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
DEPTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
18"
(457)
12
3
/
8
"
(314)
7
5
/
8
"
(194)
DRAIN OUTLET
LOCATION
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
33"
(838) RECOMMENDED
CABINET WIDTH
7"* min (178)
CUT-OUT TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
14"
(356)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
WIDTH
12
3
/
8
"
(314)
6"
(152)
13
1
/
2
"
(343)
DRAIN
OUTLET
LOCATION
30"
(762)
COUNTERTOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
ABOVE COOKTOP
E
15"
(381)
15"
(381)
NOTE: Application shown allows for installation of two 15" (381) modules side-by-side with 33" (838) recommended cabinet width. 18" (457) recommended cabinet width for installation of single 15" (381) cooktop or module. *Minimum clearance from both side edges of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop. **Minimum clearance from rear edge of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop.
Countertop Cut-Out Dimensions
14"
(356)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
WIDTH
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model IS15/S
Electric Steamer Module
Exterior Finish
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Heating Element
Cabinet Depth
Height Clearance
Cut-Out Width
Cut-Out Depth
Electrical Supply
Conduit
Electrical Rating
Classic
15" (381)
13
1
/
2
" (343)
21" (533)
2600 W
22
3
/
4
" (578) min
13
1
/
2
" (343) min
14" (356)
19 1 /
4
" (489)
240/208 V AC, 60 Hz
15 amp circuit
4' (1.2 m) flexible 3-wire
2.6 kW at 240 V
1.9 kW at 208 V
40 lbs (18 kg)
Shipping Weight
Unit dimensions may vary to ± 1 /
8
" (3).
This steamer module must be installed at least 15" (381) away from a Wolf fryer module, as contact between water and hot oil may cause burns from steam and hot oil.
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP
CUT-OUT DEPTH
FRONT OF COUNTERTOP
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
59
W O L F I N T E G R A T E D M O D U L E S
Model IF15/S
Electric Fryer Module
E L E C T R I C F R Y E R M O D U L E
To round out your options for the ideal kitchen, you can choose a fryer, and Wolf offers a great option that the market has never seen. When your clients use this module, they’ll be able to create dinner specialties never tried before.
The accurate temperature control will enable your customer to seal in that great flavor of the food without absorbing any unnecessary grease.
The fryer can handle a variety of foods at a wide range of oil temperatures.
The Wolf fryer module is available in classic stainless steel. In addition, there is a metal storage lid to keep the grease area free from particles falling into the fryer.
This fryer module must be installed at least
15" (381) away from any open flame cooking device. The open flame may cause ignition of oil.
F E A T U R E S
Integrated design allows for installation of multiple cooktops or modules
Stainless steel top construction with classic stainless steel finish
Hidden 2600-watt heating element
Illuminated electronic touch controls with graduated control lighting
Large 1
1
/
4 gallon (3.8 L) capacity tub
Three baskets included—one large and two small side by side, each with wire basket hanger
Low-profile lid
Melt feature for shortening or lard
Independent digital timer
Digital temperature readout and preheat indicator
Easy manual locking drain capability
Recommended for installation with any Wolf framed electric cooktop or the Wolf electric grill module
CSA certified for US and Canada
This fryer module must be installed at least
15" (381) away from a Wolf steamer module, as contact between water and hot oil may cause burns from steam and hot oil.
W O L F
W A R R A N T Y
Wolf products are covered by a two and five year residential warranty
(exclusions apply).
See warranty details at the end of this guide.
E L E C T R I C F R Y E R F E A T U R E S
Model IF15/S
Low-profile lid Hidden 2600-watt heating element
Illuminated electronic touch controls
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
Model IF15/S
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
60
Deep drawn pan Location of rating plate
Digital temperature readout
Graduated control lighting
21"
(533)
OVERALL
DEPTH
7
1
/
2
"
(191)
15"
(381)
OVERALL WIDTH
13
1
/
2
"
(343)
TO DRAIN
OUTLET
A C C E S S O R I E S
Electric Fryer Module
Filler strip
Accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the
Showroom Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
W O L F I N T E G R A T E D M O D U L E S
P L A N N I N G I N F O R M A T I O N
The illustrations provide the overall dimensions and finished cut-out dimensions that you need to plan for in your installation.
IMPORTANT NOTE: When multiple cooktops or modules are installed side by side, refer to page
55 for countertop cut-out dimensions.
The electric fryer module must be installed in a base cabinet with access to the bottom of the unit to drain the oil through a manual valve. The consumer must supply a heat resistant bucket to accept the drained oil. Refer to the illustration for location of the drain outlet.
The fryer module can accommodate a Wolf cooktop hood or Pro ventilation hood or hood liner. When installing a ventilation hood, refer to the specific requirements of the hood for the minimum dimension to the countertop. Refer to pages 92–114 for ventilation specifications.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Wolf does not recommend the use of downdraft ventilation with the fryer module.
E L E C T R I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N T S
The Wolf electric fryer module requires a separate, grounded 3-wire 240/208 V AC, 60 Hz,
15 amp service with its own circuit breaker.
Locate electrical within the shaded area shown in the illustration.
You must follow all National Electrical Code regulations. In addition, be aware of local codes and ordinances when installing your service.
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model IF15/S
13" max
(330)
2"**
(51)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
DEPTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
18"
(457)
12
3
/
8
"
(314)
7
5
/
8
"
(194)
DRAIN OUTLET
LOCATION
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
33"
(838) RECOMMENDED
CABINET WIDTH
7"* min (178)
CUT-OUT TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
14"
(356)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
WIDTH
DRAIN OUTLET
LOCATION
12
3
/
8
"
(314)
6"
(152)
13
1
/
2
"
(343)
30"
(762)
COUNTERTOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
ABOVE COOKTOP
E
15"
(381)
15"
(381)
NOTE: Application shown allows for installation of two 15" (381) modules side-by-side with 33" (838) recommended cabinet width. 18" (457) recommended cabinet width for installation of single 15" (381) cooktop or module. NOTE: Fryer module must be installed in a base cabinet with access to manual valve at base of unit to drain oil into heat resistant receptacle. *Minimum clearance from both side edges of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop. **Minimum clearance from rear edge of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop.
Countertop Cut-Out Dimensions
14"
(356)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
WIDTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP
CUT-OUT DEPTH
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
FRONT OF COUNTERTOP
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model IF15/S
Electric Fryer Module
Exterior Finish
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Heating Element
Cabinet Depth
Height Clearance
Cut-Out Width
Cut-Out Depth
Electrical Supply
Conduit
Electrical Rating
Classic
15" (381)
13
1
/
2
" (343)
21" (533)
2600 W
22
3
/
4
" (578) min
13
1
/
2
" (343) min
14" (356)
19 1 /
4
" (489)
240/208 V AC, 60 Hz
15 amp circuit
4' (1.2 m) flexible 3-wire
2.6 kW at 240 V
1.9 kW at 208 V
30 lbs (14 kg)
Shipping Weight
Unit dimensions may vary to ± 1 /
8
" (3).
This fryer module must be installed at least 15" (381) away from any open flame cooking device. The open flame may cause ignition of oil.
This fryer module must be installed at least 15" (381) away from a Wolf steamer module, as contact between water and hot oil may cause burns from steam and hot oil.
61
W O L F I N T E G R A T E D M O D U L E S
Model IM15/S
Gas Multi-Function
Cooktop
G A S M U L T I - F U N C T I O N C O O K T O P
It’s really a misnomer to describe this wonderful cooktop module as a wok instrument because it is much more than that. The large, low-profile grate will fit in nicely with any Wolf gas cooktop.
For true wok cooking, the burner sculpts the gas flame into a plume, focusing heat in the center of the wok, then dispersing it outward for precisely controlled cooking. The larger grate will handle your wok perfectly but will also accommodate your largest stockpots and Dutch ovens. The powerful burner exceeds 18,000
Btu/hr (5.1 kW).
The Wolf multi-function cooktop is available in classic stainless steel.
F E A T U R E S
Integrated design allows for installation of multiple cooktops or modules
Available in natural and LP gas
Stainless steel top construction with classic stainless steel finish
High output 18,000 Btu/hr (5.1 kW) dual-stacked sealed burner
Automatic electronic reignition system
Illuminated control panel
Individual spark ignition system
Two interchangeable cast iron burner grates with matte porcelain finish—wok grate and lowprofile continuous grate
Deep drawn burner pan
CSA certified for US and Canada
W O L F
W A R R A N T Y
Wolf products are covered by a two and five year residential warranty
(exclusions apply).
See warranty details at the end of this guide.
G A S M U L T I - F U N C T I O N C O O K T O P F E A T U R E S
Model IM15/S
High-output 18,000
Btu/hr (5.1 kW) burner
Wok grate shown
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
62
Deep drawn pan
Location of rating plate
Continuous control knob
Illuminated control panel
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
Gas Multi-Function Cooktop
21"
(533)
OVERALL
DEPTH
15"
(381)
OVERALL WIDTH
5"
(127)
A C C E S S O R I E S
Gas Multi-Function Cooktop
Filler strip
Bracket supports for installation of two integrated modules with downdraft (Model DD30 only)
High altitude conversion kit
Accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the
Showroom Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
W O L F I N T E G R A T E D M O D U L E S
P L A N N I N G I N F O R M A T I O N
The illustrations provide the overall dimensions and finished cut-out dimensions that you need to plan for in your installation.
IMPORTANT NOTE: When multiple cooktops or modules are installed side by side, refer to page
55 for countertop cut-out dimensions.
This cooktop can accommodate a Wolf cooktop hood, downdraft system or Pro ventilation hood or hood liner. When installing a ventilation hood, refer to the specific requirements of the hood for the minimum dimension to the countertop. Refer to pages 92–114 for ventilation specifications.
E L E C T R I C A L | G A S R E Q U I R E M E N T S
The electric ignition system is a safe, convenient and reliable way to provide ignition for the burner.
The Wolf gas multi-function cooktop requires a separate 120 V AC, 60 Hz power supply.
The service should have its own 15 amp circuit breaker, and a grounded 3-prong receptacle should be located within reach of the power cord. Locate electrical and gas supply within the shaded area shown in the illustration.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) is not recommended and may cause interruption of operation.
The gas multi-function cooktop is designed to operate on natural gas at 5" (12.5 mb) WC pressure or LP gas at 10" (25 mb) WC pressure.
The maximum gas supply pressure to the regulator should never exceed 14" (34.9 mb)
WC, .5 psi (3.5 kPa). It is supplied with a
1
/
2
"
NPT male gas connection at the right rear corner of the module. The male connector exits the unit straight down, and you are supplied with a regulator with two female connectors.
H I G H A L T I T U D E
The Wolf gas multifunction cooktop functions up to 8,000'
(2438 m) in altitude without any adjustment. If installation is above 8,000'
(2438 m), contact your Wolf dealer.
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Gas Multi-Function Cooktop
13" max
(330)
2
1
/
2
"**
(64)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
DEPTH
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
18"
(457)
33"
(838) RECOMMENDED
CABINET WIDTH
7"* min (178)
CUT-OUT TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
14"
(356)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
WIDTH
5"
(127)
30"
(762)
COUNTERTOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
ABOVE COOKTOP
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
E G
15"
(381)
LOCATION OF GAS
SUPPLY MAY ALSO
EXTEND 5" ON FLOOR
FROM BACK WALL
5"
(127)
15"
(381)
LOCATION OF GAS SUPPLY
MAY ALSO EXTEND 5" ON
FLOOR FROM BACK WALL
15"
(381)
NOTE: Application shown allows for installation of two 15" (381) modules side-by-side with 33" (838) recommended cabinet width. 18" (457) recommended cabinet width for installation of single 15" (381) cooktop or module. *Minimum clearance from both side edges of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop. **Minimum clearance from rear edge of cooktop cut-out to combustible materials up to 18" (457) above countertop.
14"
(356)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
Countertop Cut-Out Dimensions
WIDTH
M O D E L O P T I O N S
Gas Multi-Function Cooktop
Classic / Natural Gas IM15/S
Classic / LP Gas
IM15/S-LP
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Gas Multi-Function Cooktop
Overall Width
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Burner Rating
Cabinet Depth
Height Clearance*
Cut-Out Width
Cut-Out Depth
Electrical Supply
Power Cord
Gas Rating
Shipping Weight
15" (381)
5" (127)
21" (533)
18,000 Btu/hr
(5.1 kW)
22
3
/
4
" (578) min
5" (127) min
14" (356)
19
1
/
4
" (489)
120 V AC, 60 Hz
15 amp circuit
6' (1.8 m) 3-prong
18,000 Btu/hr
(5.1 kW)
30 lbs (14 kg)
*A minimum height clearance of 5
1
/
2
" (140) is required between countertop and any combustible surface directly below the cooktop.
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
2
1
/
2
" min
(64)
19
1
/
4
"
(489)
COOKTOP
CUT-OUT DEPTH
FRONT OF COUNTERTOP
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
63
W O L F D U A L F U E L R A N G E S
T O P C O N F I G U R A T I O N S
Dual Fuel Ranges
DF304 DF366 DF486C
DF364C
DF486G
DF364G DF484CG
DF484DG
DF484F
DF606DG
DF606F
DF606CG
DF604CF
DF604GF
W O L F D U A L F U E L R A N G E S
With Wolf‘s dual fuel ranges you have state-ofthe-art cooking expertise in any number of sizes to meet the discriminating consumer’s precise needs. Patented features ensure this range stands out from the rest in performance and also beauty.
Wolf dual fuel ranges come in 30" (762), 36"
(914), 48" (1219) and 60" (1524) widths.
Combined with the top configuration options, the different configurations you can choose from are numerous. Model numbers indicate the top configurations: (C) charbroiler, (G) griddle,
(DG) double griddle and (F) French Top. All Wolf dual fuel ranges come in the classic stainless steel finish.
The electric oven(s) feature the Wolf exclusive dual convection system that delivers even temperature and airflow throughout. Its combination of convection fans and heating elements give the user convenience and superior control over ten different cooking modes.
Advanced standard features such as dualstacked sealed burners, dual convection fans, cobalt blue porcelain oven interior, pivoting control panel, along with the Wolf exclusive infrared charbroiler, infrared griddle and French
Top are all yours for the asking. The freedom to customize your dual fuel range will make you and your client look great.
This appliance is certified by
Star-K to meet strict religious regulations in conjunction with specific instructions found on www.star-k.org.
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
64
C O O K I N G M O D E S
Bake
Roast
Broil
Convection Bake
Convection Roast
Convection Broil
Convection
Bake Stone*
Dehydrate*
Proof
* Accessory required.
W O L F D U A L F U E L R A N G E S
F E A T U R E S
Natural or LP gas rangetop with dual convection electric oven(s)
18" (457) oven on 48" (1219) range is single convection
Optional infrared charbroiler, infrared griddle and French Top configurations
Classic stainless steel exterior finish with island trim included
Distinctive red or black control knobs
Platinum bezels surround all knobs—chrome or brass bezels optional
Dual-stacked, sealed surface burners, all with simmer capabilities and automatic reignition at all settings
15,000 Btu/hr (4.4 kW) burners with 950 Btu/hr
(.3 kW) delivered at simmer
9,200 Btu/hr (2.7 kW) burner with 325 Btu/hr
(.1 kW) delivered at simmer and melt feature
Porcelain-coated cast iron continuous top grates
Pivoting hidden touch control panel
Ten cooking modes
Self-cleaning oven(s) with cobalt blue porcelain oven interior
Coaxial temperature-displaying oven selector knob
Proof mode for 18" (457) oven on 48" (1219) range
Temperature probe and dehydration feature
Three removable oven racks, six-level rack guide and full-extension bottom rack
Hidden bake element and recessed broil element
Triple-pane oven door window(s) and dual halogen lighting
Spring/Damper door system on oven door(s)
Adjustable stainless steel legs in front and adjustable rear casters
CSA certified for US and Canada
W O L F
W A R R A N T Y
Wolf products are covered by a two and five year residential warranty
(exclusions apply).
See warranty details at the end of this guide.
D U A L F U E L R A N G E F E A T U R E S
Model DF484CG shown
Infrared griddle
(optional)
Infrared charbroiler
(optional)
Stainless steel island trim
Dual-stacked, sealed burners
Griddle indicator light
Coaxial oven selector knob
Stainless steel exterior finish
Single convection oven— 48" (1219) range only
Spring/Damper door system
Adjustable front legs and rear casters
Blue porcelain oven interiors
Continuous cast iron top grates
Pivoting hidden control panel
Control knobs with platinum bezels
Location of rating plate
Coaxial oven selector knob
Dual halogen oven lighting
Spring/Damper door system
Dual convection oven
A C C E S S O R I E S
Dual Fuel Ranges
5" (127) and 10" (254) classic stainless steel risers
20" (508) classic stainless steel riser with shelf
Red or black control knobs— must be ordered with the range
Chrome or brass bezels
One-piece wok grate and single burner grate
Porcelain-cast two-burner
S-grate
Two-piece broiler pan and temperature probe
Additional oven racks
Hardwood cutting board— griddle models only
Bake stone accessory
Dehydration accessory
Front leg extension covers and rear leg caster covers
High altitude conversion kit
Accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the
Showroom Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
65
W O L F D U A L F U E L R A N G E S
H I G H A L T I T U D E
Wolf dual fuel ranges using natural gas function up to an altitude of 8,000'
(2438 m) without any adjustment.
Natural gas and LP gas installations from 8,000' (2438 m) to 11,000' (3353 m) need the high altitude kit. Contact your Wolf dealer for details.
P L A N N I N G I N F O R M A T I O N
Wolf dual fuel ranges come in 30" (762), 36"
(914), 48" (1219) and 60" (1524) widths.
Specifications on the following pages provide overall dimensions, finished rough opening dimensions and installation specifics for each size of dual fuel range. We have minimized the information contained in the illustrations, concentrating on the critical information you need to plan your installation.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Caution must be used in planning the proper installation of the Wolf dual fuel range to avoid fires or damage to adjacent cabinetry or kitchen equipment. Please follow the minimum clearances established in the finished rough opening dimensions. Refer to specifications on the following pages for your model.
It is recommended that you use a Wolf Pro ventilation hood or hood liner with the Wolf dual fuel range. Refer to pages 102–114 for Pro ventilation specifications.
E L E C T R I C A L | G A S R E Q U I R E M E N T S
Specifications on the following pages provide electrical and gas requirements for each size of dual fuel range.
Locate electrical and gas supply within the shaded area shown in the Installation
Specifications illustration for your model.
Wolf dual fuel ranges are designed with a terminal block on the rear of the range. The terminal block allows for a 3-wire or 4-wire installation. For a 4-wire installation, the ground strap from the unit to the terminal block must be cut. Two concentric knockouts on the base of the unit are provided to allow a certified electrical contractor to wire the range directly to the electrical supply. The terminal block will also accept an appliance cord that is sized correctly for the voltage and amperage of your range.
Wolf dual fuel ranges are designed to operate on natural gas at 5" (12.5 mb) WC (water column) pressure or LP (propane) gas at 10" (25 mb) WC pressure. The minimum line pressure for natural gas is 7" (17.5 mb) WC and 11" (27.4 mb) WC for LP gas. The maximum gas supply pressure to the regulator should never exceed 14" (34.9 mb)
WC, .5 psi (3.5 kPa).
Wolf recommends the use of a
1
/
2
" (13) I.D.
commercial-type flex hose; this is the minimum size that may be used. All plumbing to the flex hose must be
3
/
4
" (19) minimum I.D. pipe.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A separate external gas shut-off valve must be located near the range in an accessible location.
You must follow all National Electrical Code and gas regulations. In addition, be aware of local codes and ordinances when installing your services.
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
B U R N E R R A T I N G
Dual Fuel Ranges
Surface Burners
15,000 Btu/hr (4.4 kW) with 950 Btu/hr (.3 kW) delivered at simmer
(1) 9,200 Btu/hr (2.7 kW) with 325 Btu/hr (.1 kW) delivered at simmer
Infrared Charbroiler 16,000 Btu/hr (4.7 kW)
Infrared Griddle
Natural Gas
LP Gas
15,000 Btu/hr (4.4 kW)
13,000 Btu/hr (3.8 kW)
Infrared Double Griddle
Natural Gas
(2) 15,000 Btu/hr (4.4 kW)
LP Gas
(2) 13,000 Btu/hr (3.8 kW)
French Top
15,000 Btu/hr (4.4 kW)
Refer to the specific model requirements for risers in non-island installations.
66
W O L F D U A L F U E L R A N G E S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
30" (762) Dual Fuel Range
36
7
/
8
"
(937)
OVERALL
HEIGHT TO
COOKING
SURFACE
35
7
/
8
"
(911)
29
1
/
2
"
(749)
OVERALL DEPTH
27
1
/
2
"
(699)
9
1
/
4
"
(235)
24
1
/
4
"
(616)
56
7
/
8
"
(1445)
WITH 20"
RISER
41
7
/
8
"
(1064)
WITH 5"
RISER
46
7
/
8
"
(1191)
WITH 10"
RISER
29
7
/
8
"
(759)
OVERALL WIDTH
47"
(1194)
LEGS AND CASTERS ALLOW
2
1
/
8
"
(54) HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
30" (762) Dual Fuel Range
Overall Width
29
7
/
8
" (759)
Overall Height
(to cooking surface) 36
7
/
8
" (937)
Overall Depth
29
1
/
2
" (749)
Overall Oven
Interior Capacity
4.5 cu ft (127 L)
Overall Interior Dim
25" x 16
1
/
2
" x 19"
(W x H x D)
(635 x 419 x 483)
Usable Interior Dim
21
1
/
2
" x 16
1
/
2
" x 16
3
/
8
"
(W x H x D)
(546 x 419 x 416)
Opening Width
Electrical Supply
Electrical Rating
Total Amps
Shipping Weight
30" (762)
240/208 V AC, 60 Hz
30 amp circuit
5.2 kW at 240 V
4.5 kW at 208 V
21.7
325 lbs (147 kg)
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
30" (762) Dual Fuel Range
M O D E L O P T I O N S
30" (762) Dual Fuel Range
Four Surface
Burners DF304
Natural gas model listed; for LP gas add (-LP) to the model number.
VENTILATION HOOD
6" min (152)
TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
30" min (762)
COUNTERTOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
30" min (762) TO
36" max (914)
TO BOTTOM OF
VENTILATION HOOD
18" min (457)
TO COUNTERTOP
30"
(762)
FINISHED ROUGH
OPENING WIDTH
8
1
/
2
"
(216)
10"
(254)
LOCATION
OF GAS
SUPPLY
3
1
/
4
"
(83)
LOCATION OF GAS AND
ELECTRICAL EXTENDS 3" (76)
ON FLOOR FROM BACK WALL
13"
(330)
LOCATION OF
ELECTRICAL
36"
(914)
36
7
/
8
"
(937) TO
COOKING
SURFACE
13" max
(330)
ISLAND INSTALLATIONS: 12" (305) MINIMUM
CLEARANCE FROM BACK OF RANGE TO
COMBUSTIBLE REAR WALL ABOVE COUNTERTOP–
0" (0) TO NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
67
W O L F D U A L F U E L R A N G E S
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
36" (914) Dual Fuel Range
Overall Width
35
7
/
8
" (911)
Overall Height
(to cooking surface) 36
7
/
8
" (937)
Overall Depth
29
1
/
2
" (749)
Overall Oven
Interior Capacity
5.4 cu ft (153 L)
Overall Interior Dim
30" x 16
1
/
2
" x 19"
(W x H x D)
(762 x 419 x 483)
Usable Interior Dim
26
1
/
2
" x 16
1
/
2
" x 16
3
/
8
"
(W x H x D)
(673 x 419 x 416)
Opening Width
Electrical Supply
Electrical Rating
Total Amps
Shipping Weight
36" (914)
240/208 V AC, 60 Hz
30 amp circuit
5.2 kW at 240 V
4.5 kW at 208 V
21.7
445–470 lbs
(202–213 kg)
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
36" (914) Dual Fuel Range
35
7
/
8
"
(911)
OVERALL WIDTH
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
36
7
/
8
"
(937)
OVERALL
HEIGHT TO
COOKING
SURFACE
35
7
/
8
"
(911)
29
1
/
2
"
(749)
OVERALL DEPTH
27
1
/
2
"
(699)
9
1
/
4
"
(235)
24
1
/
4
(616)
"
56
7
/
8
"
(1445)
WITH 20"
RISER
41
7
/
8
"
(1064)
WITH 5"
RISER
46
7
/
8
"
(1191)
WITH 10"
RISER
47"
(1194)
LEGS AND CASTERS ALLOW
2
1
/
8
"
(54) HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
M O D E L O P T I O N S
36" (914) Dual Fuel Range
Six Surface
Burners DF366
Four Surface Burners
Charbroiler
DF364C
Griddle
DF364G
Natural gas models listed; for LP gas add (-LP) to the model number.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A minimum 10" (254) riser is required when installing a
36" (914) dual fuel range with a charbroiler or griddle against a combustible surface.
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
36" (914) Dual Fuel Range
VENTILATION HOOD
18" min (457)
TO COUNTERTOP
13" max
(330)
6" min (152)
TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
36" min (914)
COUNTERTOP
TO COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
44" min (1118)
FOR CHARBROILER
30" min (762) TO
36" max (914)
TO BOTTOM OF
VENTILATION HOOD
36"
(914)
FINISHED ROUGH OPENING WIDTH
8
1
/
2
"
(216)
15"
(381)
LOCATION
OF GAS
SUPPLY
LOCATION OF GAS AND
ELECTRICAL EXTENDS 3" (76)
ON FLOOR FROM BACK WALL
19"
(483)
LOCATION OF
ELECTRICAL
3
1
/
4
"
(83)
36"
(914)
36
7
/
8
"
(937) TO
COOKING
SURFACE
ISLAND INSTALLATIONS: 12" (305) MINIMUM
CLEARANCE FROM BACK OF RANGE TO
COMBUSTIBLE REAR WALL ABOVE COUNTERTOP–
0" (0) TO NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
68
W O L F D U A L F U E L R A N G E S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
48" (1219) Dual Fuel Range
47
7
/
8
"
(1216)
OVERALL WIDTH
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
36
7
/
8
"
(937)
OVERALL
HEIGHT TO
COOKING
SURFACE
35
7
/
8
"
(911)
29
1
/
2
"
(749)
OVERALL DEPTH
27
1
/
2
"
(699)
9
1
/
4
"
(235)
24
1
/
4
(616)
"
56
7
/
8
"
(1445)
WITH 20"
RISER
41
7
/
8
"
(1064)
WITH 5"
RISER
46
7
/
8
"
(1191)
WITH 10"
RISER
47"
(1194)
LEGS AND CASTERS ALLOW
2
1
/
8
"
(54) HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
48" (1219) Dual Fuel Range
Overall Width
47
7
/
8
" (1216)
Overall Height
(to cooking surface) 36
7
/
8
" (937)
Overall Depth
29
1
/
2
" (749)
Large Oven —
Overall Interior Cap
4.5 cu ft (127 L)
Overall Interior Dim
25" x 16
1
/
2
" x 19"
(W x H x D)
(635 x 419 x 483)
Usable Interior Dim
21 1 /
2
" x 16 1 /
2
" x 16 3 /
8
"
(W x H x D)
(546 x 419 x 416)
Small Oven —
Overall Interior Cap
2.5 cu ft (71 L)
Overall Interior Dim
14" x 16
1
/
2
" x 19"
(W x H x D)
(356 x 419 x 483)
Usable Interior Dim
11 5 /
8
" x 16 1 /
2
" x 16 3 /
8
"
(W x H x D)
(295 x 419 x 416)
Opening Width
Electrical Supply
Electrical Rating
Total Amps
Shipping Weight
48" (1219)
240/208 V AC, 60 Hz
50 amp circuit
10.2 kW at 240 V
8.8 kW at 208 V
42.5
665–750 lbs
(302–340 kg)
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
48" (1219) Dual Fuel Range
VENTILATION HOOD
36" min (914)
COUNTERTOP
TO COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
6" min (152)
TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
44" min (1118)
FOR CHARBROILER
30" min (762) TO
36" max (914)
TO BOTTOM OF
VENTILATION HOOD
48"
(1219)
FINISHED ROUGH OPENING WIDTH
24"
(610)
10"
(254)
LOCATION
OF GAS
SUPPLY
LOCATION OF GAS AND
ELECTRICAL EXTENDS 3" (76)
ON FLOOR FROM BACK WALL
13"
(330)
LOCATION OF
ELECTRICAL
3
1
/
4
"
(83)
18" min (457)
TO COUNTERTOP
36"
(914)
36
7
/
8
"
(937) TO
COOKING
SURFACE
13" max
(330)
ISLAND INSTALLATIONS: 12" (305) MINIMUM
CLEARANCE FROM BACK OF RANGE TO
COMBUSTIBLE REAR WALL ABOVE COUNTERTOP–
0" (0) TO NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS
M O D E L O P T I O N S
48" (1219) Dual Fuel Range
Six Surface Burners
Charbroiler
DF486C
Griddle
DF486G
Four Surface Burners
Charbroiler and
Griddle
Double Griddle
French Top
DF484CG
DF484DG
DF484F
Natural gas models listed; for LP gas add (-LP) to the model number.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A minimum 10" (254) riser is required for all 48" (1219) dual fuel range models installed against a combustible surface.
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
69
W O L F D U A L F U E L R A N G E S
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
60" (1524) Dual Fuel Range
Overall Width
Overall Height
(to cooking surface) 36
7
/
8
" (937)
Overall Depth
29
1
/
2
" (749)
Overall Oven Interior
Capacity (per oven)
4.5 cu ft (127 L)
Overall Interior Dim
25" x 16
1
/
2
" x 19"
(W x H x D)
(635 x 419 x 483) each
Usable Interior Dim
21
1
/
2
" x 16
1
/
2
" x 16
3
/
8
"
(W x H x D)
(546 x 419 x 416) each
Opening Width
60
1
/
4
" (1530)
Electrical Supply
Electrical Rating
60
1
/
8
" (1527)
240/208 V AC, 60 Hz
50 amp circuit
10.2 kW at 240 V
8.8 kW at 208 V
Total Amps
Shipping Weight
42.5
875–950 lbs
(397–431 kg)
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
60" (1524) Dual Fuel Range
60
1
/
8
"
(1527)
OVERALL WIDTH
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
M O D E L O P T I O N S
60" (1524) Dual Fuel Range
Six Surface Burners
Double Griddle
DF606DG
DF606F
French Top
Charbroiler and
Griddle
DF606CG
Four Surface Burners
Charbroiler and
French Top
DF604CF
Griddle and
French Top
DF604GF
Natural gas models listed; for LP gas add (-LP) to the model number.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A minimum 10" (254) riser is required for all 60" (1524) dual fuel range models installed against a combustible surface.
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
60" (1524) Dual Fuel Range
VENTILATION HOOD
6" min (152)
TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
36" min (914)
COUNTERTOP
TO COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
44" min (1118)
FOR CHARBROILER
30" min (762) TO
36" max (914)
TO BOTTOM OF
VENTILATION HOOD
60
1
/
4
"
(1530)
FINISHED ROUGH OPENING WIDTH
10"
(254)
LOCATION
OF GAS
SUPPLY
3
1
/
4
"
(83)
31"
(787)
LOCATION OF GAS AND
ELECTRICAL EXTENDS 3" (76)
ON FLOOR FROM BACK WALL
13"
(330)
LOCATION OF
ELECTRICAL
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
70
36
7
/
8
"
(937)
OVERALL
HEIGHT TO
COOKING
SURFACE
35
7
/
8
"
(911)
29
1
/
2
"
(749)
OVERALL DEPTH
27
1
/
2
"
(699)
9
1
/
4
"
(235)
24
1
/
4
(616)
"
56
7
/
8
"
(1445)
WITH 20"
RISER
41
7
/
8
"
(1064)
WITH 5"
RISER
46
7
/
8
"
(1191)
WITH 10"
RISER
47"
(1194)
LEGS AND CASTERS ALLOW
2
1
/
8
"
(54) HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
18" min (457)
TO COUNTERTOP
36"
(914)
36
7
/
8
"
(937) TO
COOKING
SURFACE
13" max
(330)
ISLAND INSTALLATIONS: 12" (305) MINIMUM
CLEARANCE FROM BACK OF RANGE TO
COMBUSTIBLE REAR WALL ABOVE COUNTERTOP–
0" (0) TO NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS
W O L F S E A L E D B U R N E R R A N G E T O P S
W O L F S E A L E D B U R N E R R A N G E T O P S
There’s a good reason why professional chefs choose gas cooking: control. The patented, dual-stacked sealed gas burners of our new sealed burner rangetop take control to a new level. Two levels, really. The upper-tier burner delivers maximum heat transfer at higher settings; the lower-tier continuous flame ably handles the subtleties of simmering and melting.
Patented features along with the Wolf exclusive infrared charbroiler, infrared griddle and French
Top ensure this rangetop stands out from the rest in performance as well as beauty.
Wolf sealed burner rangetops come in 30"
(762), 36" (914) and 48" (1219) widths and are available in natural or LP gas, with your choice of several top configurations. Model numbers indicate the top configurations: (C) charbroiler,
(G) griddle, (DG) double griddle and (F) French
Top. The model number followed by (-LP) denotes an LP gas model. All Wolf sealed burner rangetops come in the classic stainless steel finish.
T O P C O N F I G U R A T I O N S
Sealed Burner Rangetops
SRT304 SRT366
SRT364C
SRT364G
SRT486C
SRT486G
SRT484CG
SRT484DG
SRT484F
This appliance is certified by
Star-K to meet strict religious regulations in conjunction with specific instructions found on www.star-k.org.
71
W O L F S E A L E D B U R N E R R A N G E T O P S
W O L F
W A R R A N T Y
Wolf products are covered by a two and five year residential warranty
(exclusions apply).
See warranty details at the end of this guide.
F E A T U R E S
Natural or LP gas models
Classic stainless steel exterior finish with island trim
Optional infrared charbroiler, infrared griddle, double griddle and French Top configurations
Distinctive red control knobs—optional black knobs available at no cost
Platinum bezels surround all knobs—chrome or brass bezels optional
Dual-stacked, sealed surface burners, all with simmer capabilities and automatic reignition at all settings
15,000 Btu/hr (4.4 kW) burners with 950 Btu/hr
(.3 kW) delivered at simmer
9,200 Btu/hr (2.7 kW) burner with 325 Btu/hr
(.1 kW) delivered at simmer and melt feature
Porcelain-coated cast iron continuous top grates
CSA certified for US and Canada
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
72
Low-profile island trim
S E A L E D B U R N E R R A N G E T O P F E A T U R E S
Model SRT484CG shown
Infrared griddle
(optional)
Infrared charbroiler
(optional)
Continuous, cast iron top grates
Dual-stacked, sealed burners
Stainless steel exterior finish
Griddle indicator light
Control knobs with platinum bezels
Location of rating plate
A C C E S S O R I E S
Sealed Burner Rangetops
5" (127) and 10" (254) classic stainless steel risers
20" (508) classic stainless steel riser with shelf
Black control knobs—one set available at no cost
Chrome or brass bezels
One-piece wok grate and single burner grate
Porcelain-cast two-burner
S-grate
SRT/Downdraft trim kit—
Models SRT304 and SRT366 only
Hardwood cutting board—griddle models only
High altitude conversion kit
Accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the
Showroom Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
W O L F S E A L E D B U R N E R R A N G E T O P S
P L A N N I N G I N F O R M A T I O N
Wolf sealed burner rangetops come in 30" (762),
36" (914) and 48" (1219) widths. Specifications on the following pages provide overall dimensions, finished rough opening dimensions and installation specifics for each size of sealed burner rangetop. We have minimized the information contained in the illustrations, concentrating on the critical information you need to plan your installation.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Caution must be used in planning the proper installation of the Wolf sealed burner rangetop to avoid fires or damage to adjacent cabinetry or kitchen equipment.
Please follow the minimum clearances established in the finished rough opening dimensions.
Refer to specifications on the following pages for your model.
It is recommended that you use a Wolf Pro ventilation hood or hood liner with the Wolf sealed burner rangetop. Refer to pages 102–114 for Pro ventilation specifications. A downdraft can be used with Models SRT304 and SRT366.
An accessory trim kit is necessary for this installation. Contact your Wolf dealer for details.
E L E C T R I C A L | G A S R E Q U I R E M E N T S
Specifications on the following pages provide electrical and gas requirements for each size of sealed burner rangetop.
The Wolf sealed burner rangetop requires a
110/120 V AC, 50/60 Hz electrical supply to operate the electronic ignition system. The power supply cord is equipped with a 3-prong, grounded plug for protection against shock hazard. The service should have its own 15 amp circuit breaker.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) is not recommended and may cause interruption of operation.
Wolf sealed burner rangetops are designed to operate on natural gas at 5" (12.5 mb) WC
(water column) pressure or LP (propane) gas at
10" (25 mb) WC pressure. The minimum line pressure for natural gas is 7" (17.5 mb) WC and
11" (27.4 mb) WC for LP gas. The maximum gas supply pressure to the regulator should never exceed 14" (34.9 mb) WC, .5 psi (3.5 kPa).
If local codes permit, a certified, 3' (.9 m) long,
1
/
2
" or
3
/
4
" I.D. flexible metal appliance connector is recommended for connecting the rangetop to the gas supply line.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A separate external gas shut-off valve must be located near the rangetop in an accessible location.
The platform for the rangetop must be
3
/
4
" (19) thick and include a cut-out at the right rear for gas supply and electrical connections.
Locate electrical and gas supply within the shaded area shown in the Installation
Specifications illustration for your model.
You must follow all National Electrical Code and gas regulations. In addition, be aware of local codes and ordinances when installing your services.
H I G H A L T I T U D E
Wolf sealed burner rangetops using natural gas function up to an altitude of
8,000' (2438 m) without any adjustment. Natural gas and LP gas installations from 8,000'
(2438 m) to 11,000'
(3353 m) need the high altitude kit.
Contact your Wolf dealer for details.
B U R N E R R A T I N G
Sealed Burner Rangetops
Surface Burners
15,000 Btu/hr (4.4 kW) with 950 Btu/hr (.3 kW) delivered at simmer
(1) 9,200 Btu/hr (2.7 kW) with 325 Btu/hr (.1 kW) delivered at simmer
Infrared Charbroiler 16,000 Btu/hr (4.7 kW)
Infrared Griddle
Natural Gas
LP Gas
15,000 Btu/hr (4.4 kW)
13,000 Btu/hr (3.8 kW)
Infrared Double Griddle
Natural Gas
LP Gas
(2) 15,000 Btu/hr (4.4 kW)
(2) 13,000 Btu/hr (3.8 kW)
French Top
15,000 Btu/hr (4.4 kW)
Refer to the specific model requirements for risers in non-island installations.
73
W O L F S E A L E D B U R N E R R A N G E T O P S
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
30" (762) Sealed Burner Rangetop
Overall Width
Overall Height
(to cooking surface) 8
1
/
2
" (216)
Overall Depth
Opening Width
28
1
/
2
" (724)
30" (762)
Opening Height
7
1
(platform to countertop)
/
2
" (191)
Opening Depth
24" (1219)
Electrical Supply
29
7
/
8
" (759)
110/120 V AC
50/60 Hz
15 amp circuit
Power Cord
Shipping Weight
6' (1.8 m) 3-prong
160 lbs (73 kg)
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
30" (762) Sealed Burner Rangetop
29
7
/
8
"
(759)
OVERALL WIDTH
COOKING
SURFACE
8
1
/
2
"
(216)
OVERALL
HEIGHT
7
1
/
2
"
(191)
28
1
/
2
"
(724)
OVERALL DEPTH
9
1
/
4
"
(235)
17
1
/
2
"
12
1
/
2
(318)
"
WITH 5"
(445)
WITH 10"
RISER
RISER
27
1
/
2
"
(699)
WITH 20"
RISER
24
1
/
4
"
(616)
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
30" (762) Sealed Burner Rangetop
M O D E L O P T I O N S
30" (762) Sealed Burner
Rangetops
Four Surface
Burners SRT304
Natural gas model listed; for LP gas add (-LP) to the model number.
VENTILATION
HOOD
6" min (152)
TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
30" min (762)
COUNTERTOP
TO COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
30" min (762)
TO
36" max (914)
TO BOTTOM OF
VENTILATION HOOD
30"
(762)
OPENING WIDTH
3
/
4
"
(19)
PLATFORM
LOCATION OF GAS AND
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY CUT-OUT
WITHIN SHADED AREA
THROUGH BOTTOM OF
PLATFORM
16"
(406)
4"
TOP VIEW
OF PLATFORM
(102)
BACK
WALL
E
16"
(406)
G
13" max
(330)
18" min (457)
TO COUNTERTOP
36"
(914)
8
1
/
2
"
(216)
COOKING
SURFACE
7
1
/
2
"
(191)
3
/
4
"
(19)
PLATFORM
24"
(610)
ISLAND INSTALLATIONS: 12" (305) MINIMUM
CLEARANCE FROM BACK OF RANGETOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE REAR WALL ABOVE COUNTERTOP–
0" (0) TO NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
74
W O L F S E A L E D B U R N E R R A N G E T O P S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
36" (914) Sealed Burner Rangetop
35
7
/
8
"
(911)
OVERALL WIDTH
COOKING
SURFACE
8
1
/
2
"
(216)
OVERALL
HEIGHT
7
1
/
2
"
(191)
28
1
/
2
"
(724)
OVERALL DEPTH
9
1
/
4
"
(235)
12
1
/
2
"
17
1
/
2
"
(445)
(318)
WITH 5"
WITH 10"
RISER
RISER
27
1
/
2
"
(699)
WITH 20"
RISER
24
1
/
4
"
(616)
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
36" (914) Sealed Burner Rangetop
VENTILATION HOOD
36" min (914)
COUNTERTOP
TO COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
6" min (152)
TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
44" min (1118)
FOR CHARBROILER
30" min (762) TO
36" max (914)
TO BOTTOM OF
VENTILATION HOOD
36"
(914)
FINISHED ROUGH OPENING WIDTH
3
/
4
"
(19)
PLATFORM
16"
(406)
LOCATION OF GAS AND
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY CUT-OUT
WITHIN SHADED AREA
THROUGH BOTTOM OF
PLATFORM
4"
TOP VIEW
OF PLATFORM
(102)
BACK
WALL
E
16"
(406)
G
13" max
(330)
18" min (457)
TO COUNTERTOP
36"
(914)
8
1
/
2
"
(216)
COOKING
SURFACE
7
1
/
2
"
(191)
3
/
4
"
(19)
PLATFORM
24"
(610)
ISLAND INSTALLATIONS: 12" (305) MINIMUM
CLEARANCE FROM BACK OF RANGETOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE REAR WALL ABOVE COUNTERTOP–
0" (0) TO NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
36" (914) Sealed Burner Rangetop
Overall Width
Overall Height
(to cooking surface) 8
1
/
2
" (216)
Overall Depth
Opening Width
28
1
/
2
" (724)
36" (914)
Opening Height
7
1
(platform to countertop)
/
2
" (191)
Opening Depth
24" (1219)
Electrical Supply
35
7
/
8
" (911)
110/120 V AC
50/60 Hz
15 amp circuit
Power Cord
Shipping Weight
6' (1.8 m) 3-prong
190–220 lbs
(86–100 kg)
M O D E L O P T I O N S
36" (914) Sealed Burner
Rangetops
Six Surface
Burners SRT366
Four Surface Burners
Charbroiler
SRT364C
Griddle
SRT364G
Natural gas models listed; for LP gas add (-LP) to the model number.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A minimum
5" (127) riser is required when installing Model SRT366 against a combustible surface.
A minimum 10" (254) riser is required for charbroiler (C) or griddle (G) models installed against a combustible surface.
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
75
W O L F S E A L E D B U R N E R R A N G E T O P S
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
48" (1219) Sealed Burner Rangetop
Overall Width
Overall Height
(to cooking surface) 8
1
/
2
" (216)
Overall Depth
Opening Width
28
1
/
2
" (724)
48" (1219)
Opening Height
7
1
(platform to countertop)
/
2
" (191)
Opening Depth
24" (1219)
Electrical Supply
47
7
/
8
" (1216)
110/120 V AC
50/60 Hz
15 amp circuit
Power Cord
Shipping Weight
6' (1.8 m) 3-prong
240–280 lbs
(109–127 kg)
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
48" (1219) Sealed Burner Rangetop
47
7
/
8
"
(1216)
OVERALL WIDTH
COOKING
SURFACE
8
1
/
2
"
(216)
OVERALL
HEIGHT
7
1
/
2
"
(191)
28
1
/
2
"
(724)
OVERALL DEPTH
9
1
/
4
"
(235)
12
1
/
2
"
(318)
WITH 5"
RISER
17
1
/
2
"
(445)
WITH 10"
RISER
27
1
/
2
"
(699)
WITH 20"
RISER
24
1
/
4
"
(616)
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
48" (1219) Sealed Burner Rangetop
M O D E L O P T I O N S
48" (1219) Sealed Burner
Rangetops
Six Surface Burners
Charbroiler
SRT486C
Griddle
SRT486G
Four Surface Burners
Charbroiler and
Griddle
SRT484CG
Double Griddle
French Top
SRT484DG
SRT484F
Natural gas models listed; for LP gas add (-LP) to the model number.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A minimum
10" (254) riser is required for charbroiler (C) or griddle (G) models installed against a combustible surface.
VENTILATION HOOD
36" min (914)
COUNTERTOP
TO COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
6" min (152)
TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
44" min (1118)
FOR CHARBROILER
30" min (762) TO
36" max (914)
TO BOTTOM OF
VENTILATION HOOD
48"
(1219)
FINISHED ROUGH OPENING WIDTH
3
/
4
"
(19) PLATFORM
16"
(406)
LOCATION OF GAS AND
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY CUT-OUT
WITHIN SHADED AREA
THROUGH BOTTOM OF
PLATFORM
4"
TOP VIEW
OF PLATFORM
(102)
BACK
WALL
E G
16"
(406)
13" max
(330)
18" min (457)
TO COUNTERTOP
36"
(914)
8
1
/
2
"
(216)
COOKING
SURFACE
7
1
/
2
"
(191)
3
/
4
"
(19)
PLATFORM
24"
(610)
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
76
ISLAND INSTALLATIONS: 12" (305) MINIMUM
CLEARANCE FROM BACK OF RANGETOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE REAR WALL ABOVE COUNTERTOP–
0" (0) TO NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
W O L F G A S R A N G E S
W O L F G A S R A N G E S
If it looks as if it could be in a restaurant kitchen, well, that’s natural. That’s precisely where Wolf has spent the past seven decades, perfecting the form, function and sheer durability of our stainless steel gas ranges.
Wolf gas ranges come in 30" (762), 36" (914),
48" (1219) and 60" (1524) widths, and combined with the top configuration options, the different configurations you can choose from are numerous. Model numbers indicate the top configurations: (C) charbroiler, (G) griddle, (DG) double griddle and (F) French Top.
Advanced standard features such as an infrared oven broiler, convection baking and dual burners along with the Wolf exclusive infrared charbroiler, infrared griddle and French
Top are all yours for the asking. The freedom to customize your gas range will make you and your client look great.
All Wolf gas ranges come in the classic stainless steel finish and are shipped with the distinctive red control knobs. Contact your
Wolf dealer for optional black knobs available at no cost.
T O P C O N F I G U R A T I O N S
Gas Ranges
R304 R366
R364C
R364G
R488
R486C
R486G
R484CG
R484DG
This appliance is certified by
Star-K to meet strict religious regulations in conjunction with specific instructions found on www.star-k.org.
R484F
R606DG
R606F
R606CG
77
W O L F G A S R A N G E S
W O L F
W A R R A N T Y
Wolf products are covered by a two and five year residential warranty
(exclusions apply).
See warranty details at the end of this guide.
F E A T U R E S
Natural or LP gas models
Fits standard 24" (610) deep cabinets with zero clearance for easy installation
Optional infrared charbroiler, infrared griddle and
French Top configurations
Classic stainless steel exterior finish
Dual brass burners with automatic reignition at all settings, 500 Btu/hr (.1 kW) simmer to
16,000 Btu/hr (4.7 kW) high
Porcelain-coated cast iron top grates
Large red control knobs with four position settings and chrome bezels—optional black knobs available
Large-capacity convection oven(s) with infrared broiler, porcelain interior, three adjustable racks, lights and door window
18" (457) oven with porcelain interior, two adjustable racks, lights and door window on 48"
(1219) range
Spring/Damper door system on oven door(s)
Stainless steel drip tray on ball bearing slides
Adjustable 3" (76) stainless steel legs in front and rear casters
Full side panels and skirt
High altitude conversion kit available
CSA certified for US and Canada
G A S R A N G E F E A T U R E S
Model R484CG shown with 5" (127) riser
Porcelain-coated, cast iron top grates
Infrared charbroiler
(optional)
Infrared griddle
(optional)
Large red control knobs
Location of rating plate
Oven light switch
Stainless steel exterior finish
Full side panels and skirt
Spring/Damper door system
18" (457) oven—48"
(1219) range only
Large capacity convection oven
5" (127) riser
(optional)
Dual brass burners
Burner drip pan
Oven light switch
Pull-out drip tray
Convection fan switch
Oven indicator light
Griddle indicator light
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
78
A C C E S S O R I E S
Gas Ranges
5" (127) and 10" (254) classic stainless steel risers
20" (508) classic stainless steel riser with shelf
Classic stainless steel island trim
Black control knobs—available at no cost
Porcelain-coated, cast iron wok grate
Porcelain-coated, cast iron two-burner S-grate
Hardwood cutting board—griddle models only
Additional oven racks
High altitude conversion kit
Accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the
Showroom Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
W O L F G A S R A N G E S
P L A N N I N G I N F O R M A T I O N
Wolf gas ranges come in 30" (762), 36" (914),
48" (1219) and 60" (1524) widths. Specifications on the following pages provide overall dimensions, finished rough opening dimensions and installation specifics for each size of gas range.
We have minimized the information contained in the illustrations, concentrating on the critical information you need to plan your installation.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Caution must be used in planning the proper installation of the Wolf gas range to avoid fires or damage to adjacent cabinetry or kitchen equipment. Please follow the minimum clearances established in the finished rough opening dimensions. Refer to specifications on the following pages for your model.
It is recommended that you use a Wolf Pro ventilation hood or hood liner with the Wolf gas range. Refer to pages 102–114 for Pro ventilation specifications.
E L E C T R I C A L | G A S R E Q U I R E M E N T S
The Wolf gas range requires a 110/120 V AC,
50/60 Hz electrical supply to operate the electronic ignition system. The power supply cord is equipped with a 3-prong, grounded plug for protection against shock hazard. The service should have its own 15 amp circuit breaker.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) is not recommended and may cause interruption of operation.
Locate electrical and gas supply within the shaded area shown in the Installation
Specifications illustration for your model.
Wolf gas ranges are designed to operate on natural gas at 5" (12.5 mb) WC (water column) pressure or LP (propane) gas at 10" (25 mb) WC pressure. The minimum line pressure for natural gas is 7" (17.5 mb) WC and 11" (27.4 mb) WC for LP gas. The maximum gas supply pressure to the regulator should never exceed 14" (34.9 mb)
WC, .5 psi (3.5 kPa).
Wolf recommends the use of a
1
/
2
" (13) I.D.
commercial-type flex hose; this is the minimum size that may be used. All plumbing to the flex hose must be
3
/
4
" (19) minimum I.D. pipe.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A separate external gas shut-off valve must be located near the range in an accessible location.
You must follow all National Electrical Code and gas regulations. In addition, be aware of local codes and ordinances when installing your services.
H I G H A L T I T U D E
The Wolf gas range functions up to
6,000' (1828 m) in altitude without any adjustment. If the installation is above
6,000' (1828 m), contact your Wolf dealer.
B U R N E R R A T I N G
Gas Ranges
Surface Burners
16,000 Btu/hr
(4.7 kW) with
500 Btu/hr (.1 kW) delivered at simmer
Infrared Charbroiler 16,000 Btu/hr
(4.7 kW)
Infrared Griddle
18,000 Btu/hr
(5.3 kW)
Infrared Double
Griddle
French Top
(2) 18,000 Btu/hr
(5.3 kW)
15,000 Btu/hr
(4.4 kW)
Oven Burner (Bake)
30,000 Btu/hr
(8.8 kW)
Infrared Oven Broiler 18,000 Btu/hr
(5.3 kW)
Refer to the specific model requirements for risers in non-island installations.
79
W O L F G A S R A N G E S
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
30" (762) Gas Range
Overall Width
30" (762)
Overall Height
(to cooking surface) 37" (940)
Overall Depth
28
3
/
8
" (721)
Overall Oven
Interior Capacity
4.4 cu ft (125 L)
Overall Interior Dim
24" x 18
5
/
8
" x 17"
(W x H x D)
(610 x 473 x 432)
Usable Interior Dim
24" x 16
1
/
2
" x 17"
(W x H x D)
(610 x 419 x 432)
Opening Width
30
1
/
4
" (768)
Electrical Supply
Power Cord
Shipping Weight
110/120 V AC, 50/60 Hz
15 amp circuit
6' (1.8 m) 3-prong
325 lbs (147 kg)
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
30" (762) Gas Range
30"
(762)
OVERALL WIDTH
37"
(940)
OVERALL
HEIGHT TO
COOKING
SURFACE
36"
(914)
2
1
/
2
"
(64)
28
3
/
8
"
(721)
OVERALL DEPTH
27
1
/
4
"
(692)
9
1
/
4
"
(235)
24
1
/
2
"
(622)
41
3
/
4
"
(1060)
WITH 5"
RISER
56
3
/
4
"
(1441)
WITH 20"
RISER
46
3
/
4
"
(1187)
WITH 10"
RISER
25
1
/
4
"
(641)
43
3
/
8
"
(1102)
LEGS AND CASTERS ALLOW
1" (25) HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
M O D E L O P T I O N S
30" (762) Gas Range
Four Surface
Burners R304
Natural gas model listed; for LP gas add (-LP) to the model number.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A minimum 5" (127) riser is required when installing a
30" (762) gas range against a combustible surface.
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
30" (762) Gas Range
VENTILATION
HOOD
6" min (152)
TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
30" min (762)
COUNTERTOP
TO COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
30"
(762) TO
36"
(914)
COUNTERTOP
TO BOTTOM OF
VENTILATION HOOD
18" min (457)
TO COUNTERTOP
13" max
(330)
30
1
/
4
"
(768)
FINISHED ROUGH
OPENING WIDTH
10"
(254)
12"
(305)
8"
(203)
E
2"
(51)
5
1
/
2
"
(140)
G
12"
(305)
5"
(127)
ISLAND INSTALLATIONS: 12" (305) MINIMUM CLEARANCE FROM BACK
OF RANGE TO COMBUSTIBLE REAR WALL ABOVE COUNTERTOP –
0" (0) TO NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS
36"
(914)
37"
(940) TO
COOKING
SURFACE
LOCATION OF GAS SUPPLY EXTENDS
3" (76) ON FLOOR FROM BACK WALL
3"
(76)
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
80
W O L F G A S R A N G E S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
36" (914) Gas Range
36"
(914)
OVERALL WIDTH
28
3
/
8
"
(721)
OVERALL DEPTH
27
1
/
4
"
(692)
9
1
/
4
(235)
"
24
1
/
2
"
(622)
56
3
/
4
"
(1441)
WITH 20"
RISER
41
3
/
4
"
(1060)
WITH 5"
RISER
46
3
/
4
"
(1187)
WITH 10"
RISER
37"
(940)
OVERALL
HEIGHT TO
COOKING
SURFACE
36"
(914)
2
1
/
2
"
(64)
25
1
/
4
"
(641)
43
3
/
8
"
(1102)
LEGS AND CASTERS ALLOW
1" (25) HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
36" (914) Gas Range
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
36" (914) Gas Range
Overall Width
36" (914)
Overall Height
(to cooking surface) 37" (940)
Overall Depth
28
3
/
8
" (721)
Overall Oven
Interior Capacity
5.5 cu ft (156 L)
Overall Interior Dim
30" x 18
5
/
8
" x 17"
(W x H x D)
(762 x 473 x 432)
Usable Interior Dim
30" x 16
1
/
2
" x 17"
(W x H x D)
(762 x 419 x 432)
Opening Width
36
1
/
4
" (921)
Electrical Supply
Power Cord
Shipping Weight
110/120 V AC, 50/60 Hz
15 amp circuit
6' (1.8 m) 3-prong
445–470 lbs
(202–213 kg)
VENTILATION
HOOD
6" min (152)
TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
30" min (762)
COUNTERTOP
TO COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
36" min (914)
FOR
CHARBROILER
30"
(762) TO
36"
(914)
COUNTERTOP
TO BOTTOM OF
VENTILATION HOOD
18" min (457)
TO COUNTERTOP
13" max
(330)
36
1
/
4
"
(921)
FINISHED ROUGH OPENING WIDTH
10"
(254)
12"
(305)
8"
(203)
E
2"
(51)
5
1
/
2
"
(140)
G
12"
(305)
5"
(127)
ISLAND INSTALLATIONS: 12" (305) MINIMUM CLEARANCE FROM BACK
OF RANGE TO COMBUSTIBLE REAR WALL ABOVE COUNTERTOP –
0" (0) TO NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS
36"
(914)
37"
(940) TO
COOKING
SURFACE
LOCATION OF GAS SUPPLY EXTENDS
3" (76) ON FLOOR FROM BACK WALL
3"
(76)
M O D E L O P T I O N S
36" (914) Gas Range
Six Surface
Burners R366
Four Surface Burners
Charbroiler
R364C
Griddle
R364G
Natural gas models listed; for LP gas add (-LP) to the model number.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A minimum 5" (127) riser is required when installing a gas range against a combustible surface. A minimum 10" (254) riser is required when installing a gas range with a charbroiler or griddle against a combustible surface.
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
81
W O L F G A S R A N G E S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
48" (1219) Gas Range
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
48" (1219) Gas Range
Overall Width
48" (1219)
Overall Height
(to cooking surface) 37" (940)
Overall Depth
28
3
/
8
" (721)
Large Oven —
Overall Interior Cap
4.4 cu ft (125 L)
Overall Interior Dim
24" x 18
5
/
8
" x 17"
(W x H x D)
(610 x 473 x 432)
Usable Interior Dim
24" x 16 1 /
2
" x 17"
(W x H x D)
(610 x 419 x 432)
Small Oven —
Overall Interior Cap
2.5 cu ft (71 L)
Overall Interior Dim
13
1
/
2
" x 18
5
/
8
" x 17"
(W x H x D)
(343 x 473 x 432)
Usable Interior Dim
13 1 /
2
" x 16 1 /
2
" x 17"
(W x H x D)
(343 x 419 x 432)
Opening Width
Electrical Supply
Power Cord
Shipping Weight
48"
(1219)
OVERALL WIDTH
48
1
/
4
" (1226)
110/120 V AC, 50/60 Hz
15 amp circuit
6' (1.8 m) 3-prong
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
650–750 lbs
(295–340 kg)
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
48" (1219) Gas Range
37"
(940)
OVERALL
HEIGHT TO
COOKING
SURFACE
36"
(914)
2
1
/
2
"
(64)
M O D E L O P T I O N S
48" (1219) Gas Range
Eight Surface
Burners R488
Six Surface Burners
Charbroiler
Griddle
R486C
R486G
Four Surface Burners
Charbroiler and
Griddle
Double Griddle
French Top
R484CG
R484DG
R484F
Natural gas models listed; for LP gas add (-LP) to the model number.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A minimum 5" (127) riser is required when installing a gas range against a combustible surface. A minimum 10" (254) riser is required when installing a gas range with a charbroiler or griddle against a combustible surface.
VENTILATION HOOD
6" min (152)
TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
30" min (762)
COUNTERTOP
TO COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
36" min (914)
FOR CHARBROILER
30"
(762) TO
36"
(914)
COUNTERTOP TO
BOTTOM OF
VENTILATION HOOD
48
1
/
4
"
(1226)
FINISHED ROUGH OPENING WIDTH
26"
(660)
12"
(305)
8"
(203)
5
1
/
2
"
(140)
E
G
12"
(305)
ISLAND INSTALLATIONS: 12" (305) MINIMUM CLEARANCE FROM BACK
OF RANGE TO COMBUSTIBLE REAR WALL ABOVE COUNTERTOP –
0" (0) TO NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS
2"
(51)
5"
(127)
28
3
/
8
"
(721)
OVERALL DEPTH
27
1
/
4
"
(692)
9
1
/
4
"
(235)
24
1
/
2
"
(622)
25
1
/
4
"
(641)
43
3
/
8
"
(1102)
LEGS AND CASTERS ALLOW
1" (25) HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
18" min (457)
TO COUNTERTOP
36"
(914)
37"
(940) TO
COOKING
SURFACE
41
3
/
4
"
(1060)
WITH 5"
RISER
56
3
/
4
"
(1441)
WITH 20"
RISER
46
3
/
4
"
(1187)
WITH 10"
RISER
13" max
(330)
LOCATION OF GAS SUPPLY EXTENDS
3" (76) ON FLOOR FROM BACK WALL
3"
(76)
82
W O L F G A S R A N G E S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
60" (1524) Gas Range
60"
(1524)
OVERALL WIDTH
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
60" (1524) Gas Range
37"
(940)
OVERALL
HEIGHT TO
COOKING
SURFACE
36"
(914)
2
1
/
2
"
(64)
28
3
/
8
"
(721)
OVERALL DEPTH
27
1
/
4
"
(692)
9
1
/
4
"
(235)
24
1
/
2
"
(622)
25
1
/
4
"
(641)
43
3
/
8
"
(1102)
LEGS AND CASTERS ALLOW
1" (25) HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
41
3
/
4
"
(1060)
WITH 5"
RISER
56
3
/
4
"
(1441)
WITH 20"
RISER
46
3
/
4
"
(1187)
WITH 10"
RISER
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
60" (1524) Gas Range
Overall Width
60" (1524)
Overall Height
(to cooking surface) 37" (940)
Overall Depth
28
3
/
8
" (721)
Overall Oven Interior
Capacity (per oven)
4.4 cu ft (125 L)
Overall Interior Dim
24" x 18
5
/
8
" x 17"
(W x H x D)
(610 x 473 x 432) each
Usable Interior Dim
24" x 16
1
/
2
" x 17"
(W x H x D)
(610 x 419 x 432) each
Opening Width
60
1
/
4
" (1530)
Electrical Supply
Power Cord
Shipping Weight
110/120 V AC, 50/60 Hz
15 amp circuit
6' (1.8 m) 3-prong
875–950 lbs
(397–431 kg)
VENTILATION HOOD
6" min (152)
TO
COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
44" min (1118)
COUNTERTOP
TO COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
30"
(762) TO
36"
(914)
COUNTERTOP
TO BOTTOM OF
VENTILATION HOOD
18" min (457)
TO COUNTERTOP
13" max
(330)
10"
(254)
8"
(203)
5
1
/
2
"
(140)
60
1
/
4
"
(1530)
FINISHED ROUGH OPENING WIDTH
12"
(305)
E
G
12"
(305)
ISLAND INSTALLATIONS: 12" (305) MINIMUM CLEARANCE FROM BACK
OF RANGE TO COMBUSTIBLE REAR WALL ABOVE COUNTERTOP –
0" (0) TO NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS
2"
(51)
5"
(127)
36"
(914)
37"
(940) TO
COOKING
SURFACE
LOCATION OF GAS SUPPLY EXTENDS
3" (76) ON FLOOR FROM BACK WALL
3"
(76)
M O D E L O P T I O N S
60" (1524) Gas Range
Six Surface Burners
Double Griddle
R606DG
French Top
Charbroiler and
Griddle
R606F
R606CG
Natural gas models listed; for LP gas add (-LP) to the model number.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A minimum 5" (127) riser is required when installing a gas range against a combustible surface. A minimum 10" (254) riser is required when installing a gas range with a charbroiler or griddle against a combustible surface.
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
83
W O L F G A S R A N G E T O P S
W O L F
W A R R A N T Y
Wolf products are covered by a two and five year residential warranty
(exclusions apply).
See warranty details at the end of this guide.
W O L F G A S R A N G E T O P S
If you want to offer a more professional look to your client’s kitchen and still use a cooktop, look to the rangetops from Wolf. They offer you that commercial look but give you flexibility to use the ovens in other locations in the kitchen. In fact, the Wolf framed ovens would be a beautiful complement to these cooking instruments.
Wolf gas rangetops come in 36" (914) and
48" (1219) widths and are available in natural or LP gas, with your choice of several top configurations. Model numbers indicate the top configurations: (C) charbroiler, (G) griddle, (DG) double griddle and (F) French Top.
Choose from two, four, six or eight dual burners or consider the Wolf exclusive infrared charbroiler, infrared griddle or French Top for the ultimate in restaurant cooking in the home.
The dual burners can produce 16,000 Btu/hr
(4.7 kW) for professional cooking heat or as little as 500 Btu/hr (.1 kW) for those delicate sauces.
All Wolf gas rangetops come in the classic stainless steel finish and are shipped with the distinctive red control knobs. Contact your Wolf dealer for optional black knobs available at no cost.
T O P C O N F I G U R A T I O N S
Gas Rangetops
RT366 RT488
G A S R A N G E T O P F E A T U R E S
Model RT484CG shown with island trim
Infrared charbroiler
(optional)
Infrared griddle
(optional)
Low-profile island trim
Porcelain-coated cast iron top grates
Dual brass burners
RT364C RT486C
RT364G RT486G
RT362F
RT484CG
84
RT484DG
RT484F
Location of rating plate
Pull-out drip tray Large red control knobs
This appliance is certified by
Star-K to meet strict religious regulations in conjunction with specific instructions found on www.star-k.org.
Stainless steel exterior finish
Griddle indicator light
A C C E S S O R I E S
Gas Rangetops
10 1 /
2
" (267) classic stainless steel riser
Classic stainless steel island trim
Black control knobs—available at no cost
Porcelain-coated, cast iron wok grate
Porcelain-coated, cast iron two-burner S-grate
Hardwood cutting board—griddle models only
High altitude conversion kit
Accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the
Showroom Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
W O L F G A S R A N G E T O P S
F E A T U R E S
Natural or LP gas models
Fits standard 24" (610) deep cabinets with zero clearance for easy installation
Optional infrared charbroiler, infrared griddle and French Top configurations
Classic stainless steel exterior finish
Dual brass burners with automatic reignition at all settings, 500 Btu/hr (.1 kW) simmer to 16,000
Btu/hr (4.7 kW) high
Porcelain-coated cast iron top grates
Large red control knobs with four position settings and chrome bezels—optional black knobs available
Stainless steel drip tray on ball bearing slides
High altitude conversion kit available
CSA certified for US and Canada
P L A N N I N G I N F O R M A T I O N
Wolf gas rangetops come in 36" (914) and 48"
(1219) widths. Specifications on the following pages provide overall dimensions, finished rough opening dimensions and installation specifics for each size of gas rangetop. We have minimized the information contained in the illustrations, concentrating on the critical information you need to plan your installation.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Caution must be used in planning the proper installation of the Wolf gas rangetop to avoid fires or damage to adjacent cabinetry or kitchen equipment. Follow the minimum clearances established in the finished rough opening dimensions. Refer to specifications on the following pages for your model.
It is recommended that you use a Wolf Pro ventilation hood or hood liner with the Wolf gas rangetop. Refer to pages 102–114 for Pro ventilation specifications.
E L E C T R I C A L | G A S R E Q U I R E M E N T S
Specifications on the following pages provide electrical and gas requirements for each size of gas rangetop.
The Wolf gas rangetop requires a 110/120 V AC,
50/60 Hz electrical supply to operate the electronic ignition system. The power supply cord is equipped with a 3-prong, grounded plug for protection against shock hazard. The service should have its own 15 amp circuit breaker.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) is not recommended and may cause interruption of operation.
Wolf gas rangetops are designed to operate on natural gas at 5" (12.5 mb) WC (water column) pressure or LP (propane) gas at 10" (25 mb) WC pressure. The minimum line pressure for natural gas is 7" (17.5 mb) WC and 11" (27.4 mb) WC for LP gas. The maximum gas supply pressure to the regulator should never exceed 14" (34.9 mb)
WC, .5 psi (3.5 kPa).
Wolf recommends the use of a
1
/
2
" (13) I.D.
commercial-type flex hose; this is the minimum size that may be used. All plumbing to the flex hose must be
3
/
4
" (19) minimum I.D. pipe.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A separate external gas shut-off valve must be located near the range in an accessible location.
The platform for the rangetop must be
3
/
4
" (19) thick and include a cut-out at the right rear for gas supply and electrical connections.
Locate electrical and gas supply within the shaded area shown in the Installation
Specifications illustration for your model.
You must follow all National Electrical Code and gas regulations. In addition, be aware of local codes and ordinances when installing your services.
H I G H A L T I T U D E
The Wolf gas rangetop functions up to 6,000' (1828 m) in altitude without any adjustment. If the installation is above 6,000'
(1828 m), contact your Wolf dealer.
B U R N E R R A T I N G
Gas Rangetops
Surface Burners
16,000 Btu/hr
(4.7 kW) with
500 Btu/hr (.1 kW) delivered at simmer
Infrared Charbroiler
16,000 Btu/hr (4.7 kW)
Infrared Griddle
Infrared Double
Griddle
French Top
18,000 Btu/hr (5.3 kW)
(2) 18,000 Btu/hr
(5.3 kW)
15,000 Btu/hr (4.4 kW)
Refer to the specific model requirements for risers in non-island installations.
85
W O L F G A S R A N G E T O P S
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
36" (914) Gas Rangetop
Overall Width
36" (914)
Overall Height
(to cooking surface) 10
1
/
2
" (267)
Overall Depth
Opening Width
27
1
/
4
" (692)
36
1
/
4
" (921)
Opening Height
9
1
(platform to countertop)
/
2
" (241)
Electrical Supply
110/120 V AC, 50/60 Hz
15 amp circuit
Power Cord
Shipping Weight
6' (1.8 m) 3-prong
190–220 lbs
(86–100 kg)
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
36" (914) Gas Rangetop
36"
(914)
OVERALL WIDTH
COOKING
SURFACE
10
1
/
2
"
(267)
OVERALL
HEIGHT
9
1
/
2
"
(241)
27
1
/
4
"
(692)
OVERALL DEPTH
TO KNOBS
2
3
/
4
"
(70)
2"
(51)
20"
(508)
WITH
10
1
/
2
"
RISER
24"
(610)
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
36" (914) Gas Rangetop
M O D E L O P T I O N S
36" (914) Gas Rangetop
Six Surface
Burners RT366
Four Surface Burners
Charbroiler
RT364C
Griddle
RT364G
Two Surface Burners
French Top
RT362F
Natural gas models listed; for LP gas add (-LP) to the model number.
IMPORTANT NOTE: In nonisland applications, a riser is required when installing a 36"
(914) gas rangetop against a combustible surface.
VENTILATION HOOD
30" min (762)
COUNTERTOP
TO COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
6" min (152)
36" min (914)
TO
COMBUSTIBLE
FOR CHARBROILER
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
30" min (762)
TO
36" max (914)
COUNTERTOP
TO BOTTOM OF
VENTILATION HOOD
36
1
/
4
"
(921)
FINISHED ROUGH OPENING WIDTH
3
/
4
"
(19) PLATFORM
TOP VIEW
OF PLATFORM
BACK WALL
1
/
2
"
(13)
3"
(76)
E
8"
G
(203)
8"
(203)
14"
(356)
LOCATION OF
GAS AND ELECTRICAL
SUPPLY CUT-OUT
WITHIN SHADED AREA
THROUGH BOTTOM OF
PLATFORM
18" min (457)
TO COUNTERTOP
9
36"
(914)
1
/
2
"
(241)
OPENING
HEIGHT
2
3
/
4
"
(70)
13" max
(330)
3
/
4
"
(19) PLATFORM
24"
(610)
ISLAND INSTALLATIONS: 12" (305) MINIMUM
CLEARANCE FROM BACK OF RANGETOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE REAR WALL ABOVE COUNTERTOP–
0" (0) TO NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
86
W O L F G A S R A N G E T O P S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
48" (1219) Gas Rangetop
48"
(1219)
OVERALL WIDTH
COOKING
SURFACE
10
1
/
2
"
(267)
OVERALL
HEIGHT
9
1
/
2
"
(241)
27
1
/
4
"
(692)
OVERALL DEPTH
TO KNOBS
2
3
/
4
"
(70)
2"
(51)
20"
(508)
WITH
10
1
/
2
"
RISER
24"
(610)
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
48" (1219) Gas Rangetop
Overall Width
48" (1219)
Overall Height
(to cooking surface) 10
1
/
2
" (267)
Overall Depth
Opening Width
27
1
/
4
" (692)
48
1
/
4
" (1226)
Opening Height
9
1
(platform to countertop)
/
2
" (241)
Electrical Supply
110/120 V AC, 50/60 Hz
15 amp circuit
Power Cord
Shipping Weight
6' (1.8 m) 3-prong
220–280 lbs
(100–127 kg)
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
48" (1219) Gas Rangetop
VENTILATION HOOD
30" min (762)
COUNTERTOP
TO COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS
6" min (152)
36" min (914)
TO
COMBUSTIBLE
FOR CHARBROILER
MATERIALS
(BOTH SIDES)
30" min (762)
TO
36" max (914)
COUNTERTOP
TO BOTTOM OF
VENTILATION HOOD
48
1
/
4
"
(1226)
FINISHED ROUGH OPENING WIDTH
3
/
4
"
(19) PLATFORM
TOP VIEW
OF PLATFORM
3"
1
/
2
"
(76)
BACK WALL
(13)
E G
16"
(406)
16"
(406)
14"
(356)
LOCATION OF GAS AND
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY CUT-OUT
WITHIN SHADED AREA
THROUGH BOTTOM OF
PLATFORM
13" max
(330)
18" min (457)
TO COUNTERTOP
9
1
/
2
"
(241)
OPENING
HEIGHT
36"
(914)
2
3
/
4
"
(70)
3
/
4
"
(19) PLATFORM
24"
(610)
ISLAND INSTALLATIONS: 12" (305) MINIMUM
CLEARANCE FROM BACK OF RANGETOP TO
COMBUSTIBLE REAR WALL ABOVE COUNTERTOP–
0" (0) TO NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS
M O D E L O P T I O N S
48" (1219) Gas Rangetop
Eight Surface
Burners RT488
Six Surface Burners
Charbroiler
RT486C
Griddle
RT486G
Four Surface Burners
Charbroiler and
Griddle
Double Griddle
French Top
RT484CG
RT484DG
RT484F
Natural gas models listed; for LP gas add (-LP) to the model number.
IMPORTANT NOTE: In nonisland applications, a riser is required when installing a 48"
(1219) gas rangetop against a combustible surface.
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
87
W O L F O U T D O O R G R I L L S
W O L F
W A R R A N T Y
Two and five year residential warranty, along with a limited lifetime warranty on the grill body and hood (exclusions apply). See warranty details at the end of this guide.
W O L F O U T D O O R G A S G R I L L S
To our way of thinking, cooking is every bit as much a performing art as music or theater. So here is our logic. When the symphony or the
Shakespeare troupe moves outdoors for the festival season, the venue is more casual than usual, but the performance loses nothing in terms of artistry. Why can’t cooking be the same way? With Wolf it is.
Like their kitchen counterparts, Wolf outdoor gas grills are precision instruments.
Constructed of heavy-duty stainless steel, both the 36" (914) and 48" (1219) models are available built-in or as a freestanding grill on a cart.
Model numbers followed by (BI) indicate a builtin unit, while (C) indicates that the grill is on a freestanding cart. Features include a 115-volt rotisserie, an infrared rear burner for precise, consistent grilling, and optional side burners.
F E A T U R E S
Natural or LP gas units
Built-in (BI) or freestanding cart (C) models
Heavy-duty 18-gauge stainless steel construction with classic stainless steel exterior finish
Push-button, battery-powered ignition
Individually controlled 10,000 Btu/hr (2.9 kW) stainless steel grill burners and 9,000 Btu/hr
(2.6 kW) infrared rotisserie burner — 8,000 Btu/hr
(2.3 kW) for Model BBQ242
Optional 16,000 Btu/hr (4.7 kW) step-up cast iron side burners
Cast iron porcelain-coated grill grates
Redesigned burner radiant plates
115-volt rotisserie motor and infrared rear rotisserie burner
Two-piece stainless steel hood and handle
LP gas models include gas regulator, hose and
5-gallon (19 L) tank
Heavy-duty locking swivel casters on cart models
Scraper and protective canvas cover included
T O P C O N F I G U R A T I O N S
Outdoor Gas Grills
BBQ242BI BBQ362BI
BBQ242C
BBQ36BI
BBQ362C
BBQ48BI
O U T D O O R G A S G R I L L F E A T U R E S
Model BBQ362C shown
Two-piece hood and handle
Porcelain-coated grill grates
Rotisserie motor
Stainless steel exterior finish
Gas control knob
Pull-out drip tray
Ignition button
BBQ36C
BBQ48C
Infrared rotisserie burner
Location of rating plate (rear panel)
Step-up side burners (optional)
Fold down plate shelf
48" (1219) freestanding cart
(optional)
88
W O L F O U T D O O R G R I L L S
P L A N N I N G I N F O R M A T I O N
It goes without saying that the outdoor gas grill mounted on the freestanding cart takes very little planning from a design perspective.
However, there are provisions you need to take into account when planning for a built-in application.
When choosing a permanent built-in location for your Wolf outdoor gas grill, keep the gas lines as short as possible. Allow for an adequate supply of fresh air for proper combustion and ventilation. The grill should not be exposed to the wind, but never locate the grill indoors.
The Wolf outdoor gas grill is designed for easy placement into a built-in enclosure. For a combustible enclosure, use the Wolf-approved insulated liner and maintain minimum clearances to combustible surfaces. Built-in installations require a deck to support the grill. The supporting deck should be level and strong enough to support 400 lbs (181 kg).
Wolf outdoor gas grills come in 36" (914) and
48" (1219) widths. Specifications on the following pages provide overall dimensions, finished rough opening dimensions and installation specifics for each size of grill. We have minimized the information contained in the illustrations, concentrating on the critical information you need to plan your installation.
IMPORTANT NOTE: The Wolf outdoor gas grill must be specified natural or LP gas at the time of order. The gas type cannot be converted.
E L E C T R I C A L | G A S R E Q U I R E M E N T S
The Wolf outdoor gas grill requires a 110/120 V electrical supply to operate the rotisserie motor.
The 9' (2.7 m) power supply cord provided with the grill is equipped with a 3-prong, grounded plug for protection against shock hazard. The service should have its own 15 amp circuit breaker.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) is not recommended and may cause interruption of operation.
Locate electrical and gas supply within the shaded area shown in the Installation
Specifications illustration for your built-in model.
Wolf outdoor gas grills are designed to operate on natural gas at 5" (12.5 mb) WC (water column) pressure or LP (propane) gas at 10" (25 mb) WC pressure. The minimum line pressure for natural gas is 7" (17.5 mb) WC and 11" (27.4
mb) WC for LP gas. The maximum gas supply pressure to the regulator should never exceed
14" (34.9 mb) WC, .5 psi (3.5 kPa).
Wolf recommends the use of a
1
/
2
" (13) I.D.
commercial-type flex hose; this is the minimum size that may be used. All plumbing to the flex hose must be
3
/
4
" (19) minimum I.D. pipe.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A separate external gas shut-off valve must be located near the range in an accessible location.
You must follow all National Electrical Code and gas regulations. In addition, be aware of local codes and ordinances when installing your services.
A C C E S S O R I E S
Optional accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the Showroom
Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
A C C E S S O R I E S
Outdoor Gas Grills
Black control knobs—available at no cost
Insulated liner for built-in applications
Accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the
Showroom Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
B U R N E R R A T I N G
Outdoor Gas Grills
Grill Burners
(per burner)
Side Burners
(per burner)
Infrared Burner
Infrared Burner
10,000 Btu/hr
(2.9 kW)
(2) 16,000 Btu/hr
(4.7 kW)
8,000 Btu/hr*
(2.3 kW)
9,000 Btu/hr
(2.6 kW)
*Models BBQ242BI and BBQ242C only.
89
W O L F O U T D O O R G R I L L S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
36" (914) Outdoor Grills
Model BBQ36C shown
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
36" (914) Outdoor Grills
Overall Width
Overall Height
(BI) Models
(C) Models
Overall Depth
36" (914)
26" (660)
52
3
/
4
" (1340)
30" (762)
Combustible Enclosure
Opening Width
Opening Depth
38
1
/
4
" (972)
27
3
/
4
" (705)
Non-Combustible Enclosure
Opening Width
Opening Depth
36
1
/
4
" (921)
26
3
/
4
" (679)
Electrical Supply
Power Cord
Shipping Weight
110/120 V AC, 60 Hz
15 amp circuit
9' (2.7 m) 3-prong
340–460 lbs
(154–209 kg)
36"
(914)
OVERALL WIDTH
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
56
1
/
2
"
(1435)
HEIGHT
WITH
52
3
/
4
"
(1340)
OVERALL
OPEN
HEIGHT
HOOD
36
1
/
4
"
(921)
TO GRILLING
SURFACE
6"
(152)
30"
(762)
OVERALL DEPTH
30
3
/
8
"
(771) WITH HOOD OPEN
25
5
/
8
"
(651)
26"
(660)
HEIGHT
OF GRILL
26
3
/
4
"
(680)
HEIGHT
OF CART
M O D E L O P T I O N S
36" (914) Outdoor Grills
Built-In Models
with Side Burners
BBQ242BI
w/o Side Burners
BBQ36BI
Freestanding Cart Models
with Side Burners
BBQ242C
w/o Side Burners
BBQ36C
Natural gas models listed; for LP gas add (-LP) to the model number.
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
36" (914) Outdoor Grills – Built-In (BI) Models
Combustible Enclosure
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
90
18"
(457) min
E
38
1
/
4
"
(972)
ROUGH OPENING WIDTH
18"
(457) min
LOCATE
ELECTRICAL
OUTLET FOR
ROTISSERIE
ON LEFT SIDE
10
1
/
2
"
(267)
ROUGH
OPENING
HEIGHT
ALLOW OPENING
FOR ACCESS
DOOR
3
1
/
8
"
(79)
3
3
/
4
"
(95)
3
1
/
8
"
(79)
2"
(51) DIAMETER OPENING
FOR GAS SUPPLY CONNECTION
(BACK WALL LOCATION OR
BOTTOM LOCATION)
COMBUSTIBLE ENCLOSURE
36
1
/
2
" max
(927)
27
3
/
4
"
(705)
ROUGH OPENING
DEPTH
18"
(457) min
10
1
/
2
"
(267)
ROUGH
OPENING
HEIGHT
2
7
/
8
"
(73)
2"
(51) DIAMETER OPENING
FOR GAS SUPPLY CONNECTION
(BOTTOM LOCATION)
NOTE: Dimensions include insulated liner.
Non-Combustible Enclosure
6"
(152) min
E
36
1
/
4
"
(921)
ROUGH OPENING WIDTH
LOCATE
ELECTRICAL
OUTLET FOR
ROTISSERIE
ON LEFT SIDE
9
1
/
2
"
(242)
ROUGH
OPENING HEIGHT
ALLOW OPENING
FOR ACCESS
DOOR
6"
(152) min
2
1
/
8
"
(54)
2
3
/
4
"
(70)
2
1
/
8
"
(54)
2"
(51) DIAMETER OPENING
FOR GAS SUPPLY CONNECTION
(BACK WALL LOCATION OR
BOTTOM LOCATION)
26
3
/
4
"
(680)
ROUGH OPENING
DEPTH
3"
(76) min
36
1
/
2
" max
(927)
9
1
/
2
"
(242)
ROUGH
OPENING HEIGHT
1
7
/
8
"
(48)
2"
(51) DIAMETER OPENING
FOR GAS SUPPLY CONNECTION
(BOTTOM LOCATION)
NON-COMBUSTIBLE ENCLOSURE
W O L F O U T D O O R G R I L L S
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
48" (1219) Outdoor Grills
Model BBQ362C shown
36"
(914)
30"
(762)
OVERALL DEPTH
30
3
/
8
"
(771) WITH HOOD OPEN
48"
(1219)
OVERALL WIDTH
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
56
1
/
2
"
(1435)
HEIGHT
WITH
52
3
/
4
"
(1340)
OVERALL
OPEN
HEIGHT
HOOD
36
1
/
4
"
(921)
TO GRILLING
SURFACE
6"
(152)
25
5
/
8
"
(651)
26"
(660)
HEIGHT
OF GRILL
26
3
/
4
"
(680)
HEIGHT
OF CART
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
48" (1219) Outdoor Grills
Overall Width
Overall Height
(BI) Models
(C) Models
Overall Depth
Combustible Enclosure
Opening Width
Opening Depth
50
1
/
4
" (1276)
27
3
/
4
" (705)
Non-Combustible Enclosure
Opening Width
Opening Depth
48
1
/
4
" (1226)
26
3
/
4
" (679)
Electrical Supply
Power Cord
Shipping Weight
48" (1219)
26" (660)
52
3
/
4
" (1340)
30" (762)
110/120 V AC, 60 Hz
15 amp circuit
9' (2.7 m) 3-prong
525–560 lbs
(238–254 kg)
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
48" (1219) Outdoor Grills – Built-In (BI) Models
Combustible Enclosure
18"
(457) min
E
LOCATE
ELECTRICAL
OUTLET FOR
ROTISSERIE
ON LEFT SIDE
50
1
/
4
"
(1276)
ROUGH OPENING WIDTH
18"
(457) min
10
1
/
2
"
(267)
ROUGH
OPENING
HEIGHT
3
1
/
8
(79)
"
3
3
/
4
"
(95)
3
1
/
8
"
(79)
ALLOW OPENING
FOR ACCESS
DOOR
2"
(51) DIAMETER OPENING
FOR GAS SUPPLY CONNECTION
(BACK WALL LOCATION OR
BOTTOM LOCATION)
COMBUSTIBLE ENCLOSURE
36
1
/
2
" max
(927)
27
3
/
4
"
(705)
ROUGH OPENING
DEPTH
18"
(457) min
10
1
/
2
"
(267)
ROUGH
OPENING
HEIGHT
2
7
/
8
"
(73)
2"
(51) DIAMETER OPENING
FOR GAS SUPPLY CONNECTION
(BOTTOM LOCATION)
NOTE: Dimensions include insulated liner.
Non-Combustible Enclosure
6"
(152) min
E
48
1
/
4
"
(1226)
ROUGH OPENING WIDTH
6"
(152) min
LOCATE
ELECTRICAL
OUTLET FOR
ROTISSERIE
ON LEFT SIDE
9
1
/
2
"
(242)
ROUGH
OPENING HEIGHT
2
1
/
8
"
(54)
2
3
/
4
"
(70)
2
1
/
8
"
(54)
ALLOW OPENING
FOR ACCESS
DOOR
2"
(51) DIAMETER OPENING
FOR GAS SUPPLY CONNECTION
(BACK WALL LOCATION OR
BOTTOM LOCATION)
26
3
/
4
"
(680)
ROUGH OPENING
DEPTH
3"
(76) min
36
1
/
2
" max
(927)
9
1
/
2
"
(242)
ROUGH
OPENING HEIGHT
1
7
/
8
"
(48)
2"
(51) DIAMETER OPENING
FOR GAS SUPPLY CONNECTION
(BOTTOM LOCATION)
NON-COMBUSTIBLE ENCLOSURE
M O D E L O P T I O N S
48" (1219) Outdoor Grills
Built-In Models
with Side Burners
BBQ362BI
w/o Side Burners
BBQ48BI
Freestanding Cart Models
with Side Burners
BBQ362C
w/o Side Burners
BBQ48C
Natural gas models listed; for LP gas add (-LP) to the model number.
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
91
Model CTWH30
Model CTWH36
Model IH4227
W O L F C O O K T O P V E N T I L A T I O N
W O L F C O O K T O P V E N T I L A T I O N H O O D S
Powerful multi-speed blowers draw odors and smoke into the five-layer mesh filter. Filters remove easily for cleaning. The sculpted classic stainless steel shape not only provides the power you expect from Wolf, but also the beauty you have come to appreciate as well.
Wolf chimney-style cooktop wall and island hoods are recommended for use with Wolf electric and gas cooktops and integrated modules. For Wolf dual fuel ranges, gas ranges, sealed burner rangetops and gas rangetops, a
Pro ventilation hood is recommended.
F E A T U R E S
Classic stainless steel finish
Internal, in-line and remote blower options
Front-mounted controls with LED indicator
Heavy-duty stainless steel seamless construction
Three-speed blower control
Filter clean timer lets you know when the filter needs cleaning
Delay-off feature automatically turns unit off
Sealed halogen lighting with three settings
Stainless steel filter cover with dishwasher-safe aluminum mesh filter
Heat sentry feature automatically turns unit on when heat is sensed and automatically adjusts blower speed
Transition with backdraft damper included
Fits 8' (2.4 m) to 9' (2.7 m) ceilings—flue extension to accommodate 10' (3 m) ceilings is available
UL listed to US and Canadian safety standards
C O O K T O P V E N T I L A T I O N H O O D F E A T U R E S
Model CTWH36 shown
Classic stainless steel finish
Transition with backdraft damper
Location of rating plate
Seamless construction
Telescopic chimney flue extension
Aluminum mesh filter
Halogen lighting LED indicators
Front-mounted controls
Three-speed blower control
M O D E L O P T I O N S
Cooktop Ventilation Hoods
Wall Hoods
30" (762) Width
36" (914) Width
Island Hood
CTWH30
CTWH36
IH4227
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
92
W O L F C O O K T O P V E N T I L A T I O N
P L A N N I N G I N F O R M A T I O N
Chimney-style cooktop wall hoods are 21" (533) deep and come in 30" (762) and 36" (914) widths. The island hood is 42" (1067) wide by
27" (686) deep.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Wolf cooktop wall and island hoods are recommended for use with
Wolf electric and gas cooktops along with integrated modules and should be at least as wide as the cooking surface. A Pro ventilation hood is recommended for use with Wolf dual fuel ranges, gas ranges, sealed burner rangetops and gas rangetops. Refer to pages 102–114 for Pro ventilation specifications.
Wolf cooktop wall and island hoods come with a telescopic chimney flue extension that allows you to reach a ceiling height of 8' (2.4 m) to 9'
(2.7 m) with a finished look. A flue extension to accommodate 10' (3 m) ceilings is available.
Specifications on the following pages provide overall dimensions, blower and ducting considerations, and installation specifics for cooktop wall and island hoods. We have minimized the information contained in the illustrations, concentrating on the critical information you need to plan your installation. Also refer to the cooktop ventilation recommendations on pages 115–116.
Installation of the cooktop wall or island hood should be 24" (610) to 30" (762) from the bottom of the hood to the countertop.
E L E C T R I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N T S
Wolf cooktop wall and island hoods require a separate, grounded 120 V AC, 60 Hz power supply. The service should have its own 15 amp circuit breaker. Placement of the electrical supply is not critical, as long as you provide a minimum of 12" (305) of 120 V AC power cable for the wall hood and 6' (1.8 m) for the island hood.
Locate electrical within the shaded area shown in the Installation Specifications illustration for your model.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) is not recommended and may cause interruption of operation.
You must follow all National Electrical Code regulations. In addition, be aware of local codes and ordinances when installing your service.
W O L F
W A R R A N T Y
Wolf products are covered by a two and five year residential warranty
(exclusions apply).
See warranty details at the end of this guide.
A C C E S S O R I E S
Cooktop Ventilation Hoods
Flue extension to accommodate
10' (3 m) ceilings
30" (762) and 36" (914) wall shields—wall hoods only
8" (203) to 10" (254) round transition
Accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the
Showroom Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
93
W O L F C O O K T O P V E N T I L A T I O N
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model CTWH30
Overall Width
Overall Height
(excluding chimney)
Overall Height
(including chimney)
Maximum Height
(full extension)
Overall Depth
Bottom of Hood to Countertop
Duct Size
Discharge
Internal Blower*
In-Line Blowers*
Remote Blowers*
Electrical Supply
Shipping Weight
(shell only)
30" (762)
6
7
/
8
" (175)
30
1
/
2
" (775)
48
1
/
2
" (1232)
21" (533)
24" (610) to 30" (762)
8" (203) Round
Vertical
450 CFM
600 or 1100 CFM
600, 900, 1200 or
1500 CFM
110/120 V AC, 60 Hz
15 amp circuit
85 lbs (39 kg)
*Blower options vary with the cooking surface. Refer to the cooktop ventilation recommendations on pages 115–116.
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model CTWH36
Overall Width
Overall Height
(excluding chimney)
Overall Height
(including chimney)
Maximum Height
(full extension)
Overall Depth
Bottom of Hood to Countertop
Duct Size
Discharge
Internal Blowers*
In-Line Blowers*
Remote Blowers*
Electrical Supply
Shipping Weight
(shell only)
35
7
/
16
" (900)
9
1
/
4
" (235)
32
11
/
16
" (830)
50
7
/
8
" (1292)
21" (533)
24" (610) to 30" (762)
8" (203) Round
Vertical
600 or 900 CFM
600 or 1100 CFM
600, 900, 1200 or
1500 CFM
110/120 V AC, 60 Hz
15 amp circuit
100 lbs (45 kg)
*Blower options vary with the cooking surface. Refer to the cooktop ventilation recommendations on pages 115–116.
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
94
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
Cooktop Wall Hoods
Model CTWH30
18"
(457)
6"
(152)
30
1
/
2
"
TO
48
1
/
2
"
(775 – 1232)
OVERALL HEIGHT
12"
(305)
4
1
/
2
" min
(114)
19
1
/
8
"
(486)
21"
(533)
OVERALL DEPTH
1
9
/
16
"
(40)
6
7
/
8
"
(175)
30"
(762)
OVERALL WIDTH
Model CTWH36
18"
(457)
32
11
/
16
"
TO
50
7
/
8
"
(830 – 1292)
OVERALL HEIGHT
8
11
/
16
"
(221)
35
7
/
16
"
(900)
OVERALL WIDTH
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Cooktop Wall Hoods
12"
(305)
4
5
/
16
" min
(110)
19
1
/
8
"
(486)
21"
(533)
OVERALL DEPTH
1
9
/
16
"
(40)
9
1
/
4
"
(235)
21"
(533)
48
1
/
2
"
OR
50
7
/
8
"
(1232 or 1292)
MAXIMUM
HEIGHT OF HOOD
LOCATION OF
ELECTRICAL
6"
(152)
4"
(102)
E
8'
TO
9'
(2.4 m – 2.7 m)
FLOOR TO
CEILING HEIGHT
24"
TO
30"*
(610 – 762)
TO
COUNTERTOP
30"
OR
35
7
/
16
"
(762 or 900)
30
1
/
2
"
OR
32
11
/
16
"
(775 or 830)
MINIMUM
HEIGHT OF HOOD
*8' (2.4 m) ceilings will not allow for a 30" (762) maximum height above the countertop. Based on a 36" (914) high countertop, an 8' (2.4 m) ceiling will allow for a maximum height above the countertop of 29
1
/
2
" (749) for Model CTWH30 and 27
5
/
16
" (694) for Model CTWH36.
W O L F C O O K T O P V E N T I L A T I O N
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
Model IH4227
18"
(457)
42"
(1067)
OVERALL WIDTH
33
9
/
16
"
TO
47
1
/
16
"
(853 – 1195)
OVERALL HEIGHT
12"
(305)
5" min
(127)
19
5
/
16
"
(491)
27"
(686)
OVERALL DEPTH
1
9
/
16
"
(40)
9
1
/
4
"
(235)
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model IH4227
47
1
/
16
"
(1195)
MAXIMUM
HEIGHT OF HOOD
33
9
/
16
"
(853)
MINIMUM
HEIGHT OF HOOD
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Model IH4227
Overall Width
Overall Height
(excluding chimney)
Overall Height
(including chimney)
Maximum Height
(full extension)
Overall Depth
Bottom of Hood to Countertop
Duct Size
Discharge
Internal Blowers*
In-Line Blowers*
Remote Blowers*
Electrical Supply
Shipping Weight
(shell only)
42" (1067)
9
1
/
4
" (235)
33
9
/
16
" (853)
47
1
/
16
" (1195)
27" (686)
24" (610) to 30" (762)
8" (203) Round
Vertical
600 or 900 CFM
600 or 1100 CFM
600, 900, 1200 or
1500 CFM
110/120 V AC, 60 Hz
15 amp circuit
110 lbs (50 kg)
*Blower options vary with the cooking surface. Refer to the cooktop ventilation recommendations on pages 115–116.
27"
(686)
8'
TO
9'
(2.4 m – 2.7 m)
FLOOR TO
CEILING HEIGHT
24"
TO
30"*
(610 – 762)
TO
COUNTERTOP
42"
(1067)
LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL
ON CEILING THROUGH
TOP OF HOOD
*8' (2.4 m) ceilings will not allow for a 30" (762) maximum height above the countertop. Based on a 36" (914) high countertop, an 8' (2.4 m) ceiling will allow for a maximum height above the countertop of 26
7
/
16
" (672).
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
95
W O L F C O O K T O P V E N T I L A T I O N
B L O W E R C O N S I D E R A T I O N S
Wolf cooktop wall and island hoods are shipped without the blower assembly. Internal, in-line and remote blower assemblies are available. For wall hoods, the remote blower can be mounted on the roof or an exterior wall. For island hoods, the remote blower will be mounted on the roof.
The blower will vary in size and is dictated by the cooking surface, the volume of air that needs to be moved and the length of the duct run. A straight, short duct run with a limited number of elbows and transitions will allow the ventilation hood to perform most efficiently.
A remote mounted blower will minimize the amount of blower noise, but will not eliminate the noise completely. All remote blowers will require a transition to a 10" (254) duct.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Install these ventilation hoods only with a Wolf blower.
D U C T I N G C O N S I D E R A T I O N S
IMPORTANT NOTE: All Wolf cooktop hoods must be vented to the outside. Use only metal ductwork.
Wolf cooktop wall and island hoods have an 8"
(203) round vertical discharge. Ducting can run through the roof, external wall or eave. Ducting through an eave requires an internal blower.
Refer to the illustrations below.
Wolf cooktop wall and island hoods will operate most efficiently when ductwork does not exceed
50' (15 m) in length.
Local building codes may require the use of make-up air. Consult your local HVAC professional for specific requirements in your area.
Refer to the cooktop ventilation recommendations on pages 115–116.
D U C T I N G C O N S I D E R A T I O N S
Cooktop Wall Hoods Cooktop Island Hood
ROOF CAP OR REMOTE BLOWER –
TRANSITION FROM 8" (203) TO 10" (254) DUCT
REQUIRED FOR REMOTE BLOWER
8" (203) ROUND DUCT
CHIMNEY FLUE EXTENSION
TELESCOPIC CHIMNEY FLUE
8" (203) ROUND ELBOW
8" (203) ROUND DUCT
6
7
/
8
"
(175) OR
9
1
/
4
"
(235)
COOKTOP
WALL HOOD
21"
(535)
24"
TO
30"
(610 – 762)
COUNTERTOP
TO BOTTOM OF
VENTILATION HOOD
DUCTWORK INSTALLATION
THROUGH ROOF
WALL CAP
OR REMOTE BLOWER
DUCTWORK INSTALLATION
THROUGH WALL
8" (203) ROUND
VERTICAL DISCHARGE
DUCTWORK INSTALLATION
THROUGH ROOF
ROOF CAP OR REMOTE BLOWER –
TRANSITION FROM 8" (203) TO 10" (254) DUCT
REQUIRED FOR REMOTE BLOWER
8" (203) ROUND DUCT
8" (203) ROUND ELBOW
CHIMNEY FLUE EXTENSION
TELESCOPIC CHIMNEY FLUE
8" (203) ROUND DUCT
9
1
/
4
"
(235)
COOKTOP
ISLAND HOOD
8" (203) ROUND
ELBOW
EAVE VENT
8" (203) ROUND
VERTICAL
DISCHARGE
27"
(686)
24"
TO
30"
(610 – 762)
COUNTERTOP
TO BOTTOM OF
VENTILATION HOOD
DUCTWORK
INSTALLATION
THROUGH
EAVE –
INTERNAL
OR IN-LINE
BLOWER ONLY
96
W O L F C O O K T O P V E N T I L A T I O N
W O L F D O W N D R A F T S Y S T E M S
The cooktop downdraft unit rises from the countertop to whisk away odors and smoke into the easy-to-clean, five-layer mesh filter. The control module and top cover are available in the exclusive premium finishes of platinum or carbon stainless steel or the standard classic stainless steel for ease in matching your cooktop.
Wolf downdraft systems come in 30" (762),
36" (914) and 45" (1143) widths and are recommended for use with Wolf framed electric cooktops, gas cooktops and integrated modules.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Wolf downdraft ventilation systems cannot be used with unframed electric cooktops and are not recommended for use with the electric grill, steamer and fryer modules.
A Pro ventilation hood is recommended for use with Wolf dual fuel ranges, gas ranges, sealed burner rangetops and gas rangetops. A downdraft can be used with sealed burner rangetop
Models SRT304 and SRT366. An accessory trim kit is necessary for this installation. Contact your
Wolf dealer for details.
F E A T U R E S
Classic, platinum and carbon stainless steel finishes available on control module and top cover—Model DD45 available in classic only
Remote-mounted control module
Internal, in-line and remote blower options
Three-speed blower control
Filter clean timer lets you know when the filter needs cleaning
Delay-off feature automatically turns unit off after five minutes, chimney remains up
Stainless steel filter cover with dishwasher-safe aluminum mesh filter
LED indicators
Downdraft control kit, available as a sales accessory for Models DD30 and DD36 (included with Model DD45)—includes control module, top cover, mounting brackets, RJ45 connector and mounting hardware
UL listed to US and Canadian safety standards
D O W N D R A F T S Y S T E M F E A T U R E S
Model DD36 shown
Top cover
Aluminum mesh filters
Stainless steel filter covers
A C C E S S O R I E S
Downdraft Systems
Bracket supports for installation of two integrated modules with downdraft (Model DD30 only)
SRT/Downdraft trim kit for sealed burner rangetop Models
SRT304 and SRT366
Transitions in various sizes
Accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the
Showroom Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
9" (229) chimney elevation
Three-speed blower control
Location of rating plate
Remote-mounted control module
Model DD30
Model DD36
Model DD45
M O D E L O P T I O N S
Downdraft Systems
(I) Models
500 CFM internal blower included
30" (762) Width
36" (914) Width
45" (1143) Width
DD30I
DD36I
DD45I
(R) Models
Remote blower required
30" (762) Width
36" (914) Width
45" (1143) Width
DD30R
DD36R
DD45R
C O N T R O L K I T O P T I O N S
Downdraft Systems
Model DD30I / DD30R
Classic
Platinum
Carbon
DD30CONTROL/S
DD30CONTROL/P
DD30CONTROL/B
Model DD36I / DD36R
Classic
DD36CONTROL/S
Platinum
Carbon
DD36CONTROL/P
DD36CONTROL/B
Control module and top cover have the stainless steel finish. Control kits also include mounting brackets, RJ45 connector and hardware and are ordered and shipped as sales accessories for Models
DD30 and DD36. Control kit components are included with Model DD45.
W O L F
W A R R A N T Y
Wolf products are covered by a two and five year residential warranty
(exclusions apply).
See warranty details at the end of this guide.
97
W O L F C O O K T O P V E N T I L A T I O N
P L A N N I N G I N F O R M A T I O N
Wolf downdraft ventilation systems are available in 30" (762), 36" (914) and 45" (1143) widths.
The downdraft should be at least as wide as the cooking surface.
Downdraft Model DD30 will fit most 30" (762) wide cabinets, Model DD36 will fit most
36" (914) wide cabinets and Model DD45 will fit most 45
1
/
2
" (1156) wide cabinets. It is recommended that oversized cabinets be used for easier installation. Cabinet backs may need to be removed.
IMPORTANT NOTE: To install a downdraft system and a Wolf cooktop, you must allow for a minimum 25
1
/
8
" (638) flat counter space from front to back. A countertop with a raised lip and/or backsplash may not allow enough space for proper installation. 2
3
/
8
" (60) of flat countertop is required behind the cooktop and 1
3
/
4
" (44) is necessary between the back edge of the cooktop and inside of cabinet back.
IMPORTANT NOTE: This appliance must be used with a Wolf-approved control module and top cover.
The remote-mounted control module is available as a sales accessory for Models DD30 and DD36 and is included with Model DD45. Installation of the control module must be within 10' (3 m) of the downdraft assembly and a minimum of 4"
(102) from the outer edge of cooktop element or burner. You will be required to drill three holes and connect the downdraft to the control module with the provided wire.
Specifications on the following pages provide overall dimensions, blower and ducting considerations, and installation specifics for downdraft ventilation systems. Also refer to the cooktop ventilation recommendations on pages 115–116.
If a Model DD30 is installed in combination with two integrated modules, an integrated module support for downdraft ventilation is required.
Contact your Wolf dealer for information on accessory components.
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
Downdraft Systems
Models DD30I / DD30R
30"
(762)
2
3
/
8
"
(60)
9
1
/
16
"
(230)
26
1
/
4
"
(667)
1
1
/
2
"
(38)
DEPTH OF
DOWNDRAFT CHIMNEY
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Models DD36I / DD36R
36"
(914)
9
1
/
16
"
(230)
32
1
/
4
"
(819)
1
1
/
2
"
(38)
DEPTH OF
DOWNDRAFT CHIMNEY
98
2
3
/
8
"
(60)
Models DD45I / DD45R
45
1
/
2
"
(1156)
9
1
/
16
"
(230)
41
1
/
4
"
(1048)
1
1
/
2
"
(38)
DEPTH OF
DOWNDRAFT CHIMNEY
2
3
/
8
"
(60)
W O L F C O O K T O P V E N T I L A T I O N
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Downdraft Systems
1
3/4
" min (44)
BACK EDGE
OF COOKTOP
TO INSIDE OF
CABINET BACK *
.344"
29
5/16
"
(745)
COUNTERTOP
TO BOTTOM OF
AIR BOX
25
1/8
" min (638)
OF FLAT COUNTERTOP *
5/8
"
(16)
19
1/4
"
(489)
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
DEPTH
2
3/8
"
(60)
2
1/8
"
(54)
3
1/4
"
(83)
7
11/16
(197)
"
5"
(127)
18"
(457)
3
5/8
"
(92)
7
1/8
"
(181)
24" min (610)
CABINET DEPTH
* AREAS OF POTENTIAL INTERFERENCE
2
1/2
" min
(64)
WITH NO
RAISED LIP *
36"
(914)
25
1/8
" min
(638)
FLAT
COUNTERTOP
SPACE
27"
(686)
FOR MODEL DD30
33"
(838)
FOR MODEL DD36
42"
(1067)
FOR MODEL DD45
COOKTOP CUT-OUT
WIDTH
2
1/2
" min (64)
2
3/4
"
(70)
19
1/4
(489)
"
COUNTERTOP TOP VIEW
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Models DD30I / DD30R
Overall Width
Overall Height
(above countertop)
Overall Depth
Duct Size (DD30I)
Duct Size (DD30R)
Discharge
Blower (DD30I)
Blower Options*
(DD30R)
Electrical Supply
Power Cord
Shipping Weight
30" (762)
9
1
/
16
" (230)
2
3
3
3
/
8
" (60)
1
/
4
" (83) x 10" (254)
1
/
4
" (83) x 14" (356)
Adjustable
500 CFM Internal
1100 CFM In-Line,
900, 1200 or 1500 CFM
Remote
110/120 V AC, 60 Hz
15 amp circuit
2
1
/
2
' (.8 m) 3-prong
75 lbs (34 kg)
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Models DD36I / DD36R
Overall Width
Overall Height
(above countertop)
Overall Depth
Duct Size (DD36I)
Duct Size (DD36R)
Discharge
Blower (DD36I)
Blower Options*
(DD36R)
Electrical Supply
Power Cord
Shipping Weight
36" (914)
9 1 /
16
" (230)
2
3
/
8
" (60)
3
1
/
4
" (83) x 10" (254)
3
1
/
4
" (83) x 14" (356)
Adjustable
500 CFM Internal
1100 CFM In-Line,
900, 1200 or 1500 CFM
Remote
110/120 V AC, 60 Hz
15 amp circuit
2
1
/
2
' (.8 m) 3-prong
80 lbs (36 kg)
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Models DD45I / DD45R
Overall Width
Overall Height
(above countertop)
Overall Depth
Duct Size (DD45I)
Duct Size (DD45R)
Discharge
Blower (DD45I)
Blower Options*
(DD45R)
Electrical Supply
Power Cord
Shipping Weight
45
1
/
2
" (1156)
9
1
/
16
" (230)
2
3
3
3
/
8
" (60)
1
/
4
" (83) x 10" (254)
1
/
4
" (83) x 14" (356)
Adjustable
500 CFM Internal
1100 CFM In-Line,
900, 1200 or 1500 CFM
Remote
110/120 V AC, 60 Hz
15 amp circuit
2
1
/
2
' (.8 m) 3-prong
85 lbs (39 kg)
*Refer to the cooktop ventilation recommendations on pages 115–116.
99
W O L F C O O K T O P V E N T I L A T I O N
E L E C T R I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N T S
Wolf downdraft ventilation systems require a separate, grounded 120 V AC, 60 Hz power supply. The service should have its own 15 amp circuit breaker, and a grounded 3-prong receptacle should be located within reach of the 2
1
/
2
'
(.8 m) power cord. The specific location of the outlet is not critical as long as it is within reach of the power cord that is located midway, top and bottom, on the right side of the downdraft.
IMPORTANT NOTE: If Model DD30 is to be installed in a 30" (762) wide cabinet, Model
DD36 in a 36" (914) wide cabinet or Model DD45 in a 45
1
/
2
" (1156) wide cabinet, the electrical outlet cannot be located on the back wall of the cabinet. The outlet may be placed in adjacent cabinetry.
Locate electrical within the shaded area shown in the Installation Specifications illustrations.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) is not recommended and may cause interruption of operation.
You must follow all National Electrical Code regulations. In addition, be aware of local codes and ordinances when installing your service.
B L O W E R C O N S I D E R A T I O N S
Except for Models DD30I, DD36I and DD45I, which include a 500 CFM internal blower, Wolf downdrafts are shipped without the blower assembly. In-line and remote blower assemblies are available. The blower will vary in size and is dictated by the cooking surface, the volume of air that needs to be moved and the length of the duct run. A straight, short duct run with a limited number of elbows and transitions will allow the ventilation hood to perform most efficiently.
Wolf downdraft ventilation systems are designed for use with 3
1
/
4
" (83) x 10" (254) ductwork for
Models DD30I, DD36I and DD45I and 3
1
/
4
" (83) x
14" (356) ductwork for Models DD30R, DD36R and DD45R. Each can be transitioned to 8" (203) or 10" (254) round ductwork.
A remote-mounted blower will minimize the amount of blower noise, but will not eliminate the noise completely.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Install this downdraft system only with a Wolf blower.
Refer to the cooktop ventilation recommendations on pages 115–116.
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
100
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Location of Electrical Supply
24 " min (610)
CABINET DEPTH
4" min (102)
3
1
/
2
"
(89)
E
10"
(254)
E
30" min (762)
FOR MODEL DD30
36" min (914)
FOR MODEL DD36
4 5
1
/
2
" min (1156)
FOR MODEL DD45
OPTIONAL
ELECTRICAL
LOCATION IN
ADJACENT RIGHT
SIDE CABINET
IMPORTANT NOTE:
Certain installations may require that the electrical supply be placed in an adjacent cabinet within reach of the power cord.
Choose the location shown in the illustration that best suits your installation.
W O L F C O O K T O P V E N T I L A T I O N
D U C T I N G C O N S I D E R A T I O N S
Wolf downdraft systems have an adjustable discharge that will allow you to negotiate ducting around floor joists and other obstacles.
Three different discharge locations are available with side-to-side adjustment for accurate alignment of ductwork. Refer to the illustration below for discharge location and adjustment.
IMPORTANT NOTE: All Wolf downdraft systems must be vented to the outside. Use only metal ductwork.
For best performance, 10" (254) round ductwork is recommended. The downdraft will operate most efficiently when ductwork does not exceed
40' (12 m) in length.
Choose the ducting option that allows the shortest length of ductwork and a minimum number of elbows and transitions. Refer to the illustration below for ducting options.
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
D I S C H A R G E L O C A T I O N
Downdraft Systems
D U C T I N G O P T I O N S
Downdraft Systems
CENTERLINE OF COUNTERTOP CUT-OUT
CL
22
1/8
"
(562)
INTERNAL BLOWER
19"
(483)
IN-LINE OR
REMOTE BLOWER
LEFT
DISCHARGE
LOCATION
RIGHT
DISCHARGE
LOCATION
5
1/2
"
(140)
INTERNAL BLOWER
4
1/4
"
(108)
IN-LINE OR
REMOTE BLOWER
16
3/8
"
(416)
INTERNAL BLOWER
21
1/2
"
(546)
IN-LINE OR
REMOTE BLOWER
DISCHARGE CUT-OUT
DIMENSIONS:
10
1/4
"
(260)
x 3
1/2
"
(89)
INTERNAL BLOWER
14
1/4
"
(362)
x 3
1/2
"
(89)
IN-LINE OR
REMOTE BLOWER
CENTERLINE OF COUNTERTOP CUT-OUT
CL
ADJUSTMENT:
1"
(25)
– 7"
(178)
INTERNAL BLOWER
2
1/2
"
MAX (165)
IN-LINE OR
REMOTE BLOWER
ADJUSTMENT:
5"
MAX (127)
IN-LINE OR
REMOTE BLOWER
BOTTOM
DISCHARGE
LOCATION
5
1/2
"
(140)
INTERNAL BLOWER
4
1/4
"
(108)
IN-LINE OR
REMOTE BLOWER
NOTE: Measurements are to centerline of duct cut-outs
10"
ROUND
REMOTE
BLOWER
WALL CAP
12"
MIN
TO
GROUND
INTERNAL BLOWER
INSTALLATION THROUGH WALL
REMOTE
BLOWER
10"
ROUND
REMOTE BLOWER
ROOF MOUNT INSTALLATION
12"
MIN
TO
GROUND
12"
MIN
TO
GROUND
INTERNAL BLOWER
INSTALLATION THROUGH WALL
REMOTE BLOWER
INSTALLATION THROUGH WALL
101
W O L F P R O V E N T I L A T I O N
Low-Profile Wall Hoods
24" (610) Wall Hoods
W O L F P R O V E N T I L A T I O N H O O D S
Wolf Pro wall and island hoods provide the ultimate in ventilation. With standard elements like heat sentry and dual-setting halogen lighting,
Wolf elevates the need for ventilation to an enjoyable perk.
Pro wall and island hoods are recommended for use with all Wolf cooking appliances.
IMPORTANT NOTE: For optimal performance in wall hood applications, a Pro 27" (686) deep wall hood is recommended for use with ranges and rangetops that contain a charbroiler or griddle.
The deepest of the Wolf Pro wall hoods, the
27" (686) model provides an additional exclusive feature—heat lamps.
All Pro wall and island hoods are available in classic stainless steel. Rail option hoods (R) come with a classic stainless steel decorative rail and stand-offs. Optional platinum and brass rails to match dual fuel range and sealed burner rangetop bezels are available as sales accessories.
27" (686) Wall Hoods
Wall Chimney Hoods
Island Hoods
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
102
M O D E L O P T I O N S
Pro Ventilation Hoods
Pro Low-Profile Wall Hoods
30" (762) Width
PW302210
36" (914) Width
42" (1067) Width
48" (1219) Width
PW362210
PW422210
PW482210
Pro 24" (610) Deep Wall Hoods
30" (762) Width
36" (914) Width
PW302418
PW362418
42" (1067) Width
48" (1219) Width
54" (1372) Width
60" (1524) Width
66" (1676) Width
PW422418
PW482418
PW542418
PW602418
PW662418
Pro 27" (686) Deep Wall Hoods
30" (762) Width
PW302718
36" (914) Width
42" (1067) Width
48" (1219) Width
PW362718
PW422718
PW482718
54" (1372) Width
60" (1524) Width
66" (1676) Width
PW542718
PW602718
PW662718
Pro Wall Chimney Hoods
36" (914) Width
PWC362418
42" (1067) Width
48" (1219) Width
54" (1372) Width
PWC422418
PWC482418
PWC542418
Pro Island Hoods
36" (914) Width
42" (1067) Width
54" (1372) Width
66" (1676) Width
PI363418
PI423418
PI543418
PI663418
Models without decorative rail(s) listed; for hoods with rail(s) add (R) to the model number.
IMPORTANT NOTE: For optimal performance in wall hood applications, a Pro 27" (686) deep wall hood is recommended for use with ranges and rangetops that contain a charbroiler or griddle.
W O L F P R O V E N T I L A T I O N
F E A T U R E S
Low-profile, 24" (610) and 27" (686) deep wall ventilation hoods in a variety of widths with classic stainless steel finish
Wall chimney ventilation hoods in a variety of widths with classic stainless steel finish— optional duct covers to complete the chimney design are available as sales accessories
Island ventilation hoods in a variety of widths with classic stainless steel finish
Rail option wall hoods (R) come with a classic stainless steel decorative rail and stand-offs— optional platinum or brass rail available to match dual fuel range and sealed burner rangetop bezels
Rail option island hoods (R) come with classic stainless steel decorative rails and stand-offs for both sides of the hood—optional platinum or brass rails available to match dual fuel range and sealed burner rangetop bezels
Internal, in-line and remote blower options
Heavy-duty 16-gauge brushed stainless steel construction
Stainless steel enclosed liner
Continually welded seams, hemmed edges and sides, and hand-finished craftsmanship
Recessed easy-access controls
Infinite-speed blower control
Heat sentry feature automatically turns unit on when heat is sensed and automatically adjusts blower speed
Halogen lighting with two settings
Heat lamps on 27" (686) deep wall hoods— two R40 250-watt-maximum bulbs required
(bulbs not included)
Removable, dishwasher-safe, restaurant-grade stainless steel baffle filters and grease cups
Transition with backdraft damper included (not included with low-profile hoods)
W O L F
W A R R A N T Y
Wolf products are covered by a two and five year residential warranty
(exclusions apply).
See warranty details at the end of this guide.
P R O V E N T I L A T I O N H O O D F E A T U R E S
Model PW482718R shown
Hand-finished craftsmanship
Classic stainless steel finish
Stainless steel baffle filters
Location of rating plate
Welded seams and hemmed edges
Halogen lighting Infinite-speed blower control
Decorative rail
(R) models
Recessed easyaccess controls
A C C E S S O R I E S
Pro Ventilation Hoods
Platinum or brass decorative rails and stand-offs
38" (965) high classic stainless steel backsplash with or without warming racks (wall hoods)
6" (152), 12" (305), 18" (457) and
24" (610) high classic stainless steel duct covers
Horizontal discharge kits—24"
(610) and 27" (686) deep wall hoods only
Recirculating kit—available for certain wall hood models
Transitions for 8" (203) and 10"
(254) round duct—low-profile hoods
Accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the
Showroom Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
103
W O L F P R O V E N T I L A T I O N
A C C E S S O R I E S
Optional accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the Showroom
Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
P L A N N I N G I N F O R M A T I O N
Pro low-profile wall hoods are available in
30" (762), 36" (914), 42" (1067) and 48" (1219) widths.
Pro 24" (610) deep wall hoods are available in
30" (762), 36" (914), 42" (1067), 48" (1219),
54" (1372), 60" (1524) and 66" (1676) widths.
Pro 27" (686) deep wall hoods are available in
30" (762), 36" (914), 42" (1067), 48" (1219),
54" (1372), 60" (1524) and 66" (1676) widths.
Pro wall chimney hoods are available in 36"
(914), 42" (1067), 48" (1219) and 54" (1372) widths.
Pro island hoods are available in 36" (914),
42" (1067), 54" (1372) and 66" (1676) widths.
IMPORTANT NOTE: For optimal performance in wall hood applications, a Pro 27" (686) deep wall hood is recommended for use with ranges and rangetops that contain a charbroiler or griddle.
Specifications on the following pages provide overall dimensions, blower and ducting considerations, and installation specifics for Pro wall and island hoods. We have minimized the information contained in the illustrations, concentrating on the critical information you need to plan your installation. Also refer to the Pro ventilation recommendations on pages 117–120.
The overall dimensions illustrations include the optional rail dimensions. Overall width, height and depth dimensions will remain the same if a decorative rail is not to be used.
Pro wall hoods should be at least as wide as the cooking surface; an overlap of 3" (76) on either side is recommended. Island hoods should always be larger than the cooking surface by a minimum of 3" (76) on each side.
Installation of all Pro wall and island hoods should be 30" (762) to 36" (914) from the bottom of the hood to the countertop.
Optional classic stainless steel duct covers are available in heights of 6" (152), 12" (305), 18"
(457) and 24" (610) for all Pro wall and island hoods.
E L E C T R I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N T S
Wolf Pro wall and island hoods require a separate, grounded 120 V AC, 60 Hz power supply. The service should have its own 15 amp circuit breaker. Placement of the electrical supply is not critical, as long as you provide enough
120 V AC power cable to make your electrical connections. Note that for some wall hoods, placement of the electrical supply will differ between vertical and horizontal discharge locations. Refer to pages 111–114 for blower and ducting considerations to determine discharge location.
Locate electrical within the shaded area shown in the Installation Specifications illustration for your model.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) is not recommended and may cause interruption of operation.
You must follow all National Electrical Code regulations. In addition, be aware of local codes and ordinances when installing your service.
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
104
W O L F P R O V E N T I L A T I O N
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
Pro Low-Profile Wall Hoods
OVERALL WIDTH
4"
(102)
10"
(254)
OVERALL
HEIGHT
12"
(305)
22"
(559)
OVERALL DEPTH
3
/
4
"
(19)
DIAMETER
OF RAIL
2"
(51)
Pro 24" (610) Deep Wall Hoods
12"
(305)
4"
(102)
18"
(457)
OVERALL
HEIGHT
3
/
4
"
(19)
DIAMETER
OF RAIL
OVERALL WIDTH
24"
(610)
OVERALL DEPTH
2"
(51)
Pro 27" (686) Deep Wall Hoods
12"
(305)
4"
(102)
18"
(457)
OVERALL
HEIGHT
3
/
4
"
(19)
DIAMETER
OF RAIL
OVERALL WIDTH
27"
(686)
OVERALL DEPTH
2"
(51)
Pro Wall Chimney Hoods
TOP WIDTH
SUBTRACT 18" (457) FROM OVERALL WIDTH
13
1
/
2
"
(343)
4"
(102)
18"
(457)
OVERALL
HEIGHT
OVERALL WIDTH
Pro Island Hoods
TOP WIDTH
SUBTRACT 18" (457) FROM OVERALL WIDTH
OVERALL WIDTH
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
4"
(102)
18"
(457)
OVERALL
HEIGHT
2"
(51)
24"
(610)
OVERALL DEPTH
13"
(330)
34"
(864)
OVERALL DEPTH
3
/
4
"
(19)
DIAMETER
OF RAIL
2"
(51)
3
/
4
"
(19)
DIAMETER
OF RAIL
2"
(51)
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
105
W O L F P R O V E N T I L A T I O N
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Pro Wall Hoods
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Pro Low-Profile Wall Hoods
Overall Width
PW302210
PW362210
PW422210
PW482210
Overall Height
Overall Depth
30" (762)
36" (914)
42" (1067)
48" (1219)
10" (254)
22" (559) excluding rail
Bottom of Hood to Countertop
Duct Size*
Discharge
Internal Blower**
30" (762) to 36" (914)
10" (254) Round rec
Vertical or Horizontal
500 CFM
In-Line Blower**
600 CFM
Remote Blowers**
600 or 900 CFM
Electrical Supply
Shipping Weight
(shell only)
110 / 120 V AC, 60 Hz
15 amp circuit
39–55 lbs (18–25 kg)
*Duct size may vary based on blower and transition used. See installation instructions for details.
**Blower options vary with the size of hood and cooking surface. Refer to the Pro ventilation recommendations on pages 117–120.
30"
TO
36"
(762–914)
TO COUNTERTOP
LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL
6"
(152)
E
5"
(127)
WIDTH OF HOOD
NOTE: Pro low-profile wall hoods have an adjustable discharge.
10"
(254)
HEIGHT
OF HOOD
30"
TO
36"
(762–914)
TO COUNTERTOP
22"
(559)
DEPTH OF HOOD
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Pro 24" (610) Deep Wall Hoods
Overall Width
PW302418
PW362418
PW422418
PW482418
PW542418
PW602418
PW662418
Overall Height
Overall Depth
30" (762)
36" (914)
42" (1067)
48" (1219)
54" (1372)
60" (1524)
66" (1676)
18" (457)
24" (610) excluding rail
Bottom of Hood to Countertop
Duct Size
Discharge
30" (762) to 36" (914)
10" (254) Round
Vertical or Horizontal*
Internal Blowers**
600, 900 or 1200 CFM
In-Line Blowers**
600 or 1100 CFM
Remote Blowers**
600, 900, 1200 or
1500 CFM
Electrical Supply
Shipping Weight
(shell only)
110 / 120 V AC, 60 Hz
15 amp circuit
84–148 lbs (38–67 kg)
*Horizontal discharge applications require a horizontal discharge kit.
**Blower options vary with the size of hood and cooking surface. Refer to the Pro ventilation recommendations on pages 117–120.
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Pro 24" (610) Deep Wall Hoods
30"
TO
36"
(762–914)
TO COUNTERTOP
LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL
6"
(152)
E
5"
(127)
WIDTH OF HOOD
18"
(457)
HEIGHT
OF HOOD
30"
TO
36"
(762–914)
TO COUNTERTOP
NOTE: Pro 24" (610) deep wall hoods have a vertical discharge. A horizontal discharge kit is available as a sales accessory.
24"
(610)
DEPTH OF HOOD
106
W O L F P R O V E N T I L A T I O N
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Pro 27" (686) Deep Wall Hoods
LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL
6"
(152)
E
5"
(127)
30"
TO
36"
(762–914)
TO COUNTERTOP
WIDTH OF HOOD
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Pro Wall Chimney Hoods
30"
TO
36"
(762–914)
TO COUNTERTOP
LOCATION OF
ELECTRICAL
6"
(152)
E
5"
(127)
WIDTH OF HOOD
NOTE: Pro wall chimney hoods have a vertical discharge.
18"
(457)
HEIGHT
OF HOOD
30"
TO
36"
(762–914)
TO COUNTERTOP
27"
(686)
DEPTH OF HOOD
NOTE: Pro 27" (686) deep wall hoods have a vertical discharge. A horizontal discharge kit is available as a sales accessory.
18"
(457)
HEIGHT
OF HOOD
30"
TO
36"
(762–914)
TO COUNTERTOP
24"
(610)
DEPTH OF HOOD
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Pro 27" (686) Deep Wall Hoods
Overall Width
PW302718
PW362718
PW422718
PW482718
PW542718
PW602718
PW662718
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Bottom of Hood to Countertop
Duct Size
Discharge
30" (762)
36" (914)
42" (1067)
48" (1219)
54" (1372)
60" (1524)
66" (1676)
18" (457)
27" (686) excluding rail
30" (762) to 36" (914)
10" (254) Round
Vertical or Horizontal*
Internal Blowers**
600, 900 or 1200 CFM
In-Line Blowers**
600 or 1100 CFM
Remote Blowers**
600, 900, 1200 or
1500 CFM
Electrical Supply
110 / 120 V AC, 60 Hz
15 amp circuit
Shipping Weight
(shell only)
92–163 lbs (42–74 kg)
*Horizontal discharge applications require a horizontal discharge kit.
**Blower options vary with the size of hood and cooking surface. Refer to the Pro ventilation recommendations on pages 117–120.
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Pro Wall Chimney Hoods
Overall Width
PWC362418
PWC422418
PWC482418
PWC542418
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Bottom of Hood to Countertop
Duct Size
Discharge
Internal Blowers*
In-Line Blower*
Remote Blowers*
Electrical Supply
Shipping Weight
(shell only)
36" (914)
42" (1067)
48" (1219)
54" (1372)
18" (457)
24" (610) excluding rail
30" (762) to 36" (914)
10" (254) Round
Vertical
600, 900 or 1200 CFM
1100 CFM
600, 900, 1200 or
1500 CFM
110 / 120 V AC, 60 Hz
15 amp circuit
78–106 lbs (35–48 kg)
*Blower options vary with the size of hood and cooking surface. Refer to the Pro ventilation recommendations on pages 117–120.
107
W O L F P R O V E N T I L A T I O N
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Pro Island Hoods
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Pro Island Hoods
Overall Width
PI363418
PI423418
PI543418
PI663418
Overall Height
Overall Depth
36" (914)
42" (1067)
54" (1372)
66" (1676)
18" (457)
34" (864) excluding rails
Bottom of Hood to Countertop
Duct Size
Discharge
Internal Blower*
30" (762) to 36" (914)
10" (254) Round
Vertical
1200 CFM
In-Line Blower*
1100 CFM
Remote Blowers*
900, 1200 or 1500 CFM
Electrical Supply
Shipping Weight
(shell only)
110 / 120 V AC, 60 Hz
15 amp circuit
95–168 lbs (43–76 kg)
*Blower options vary with the size of hood and cooking surface. Refer to the Pro ventilation recommendations on pages 117–120.
30"
TO
36"
(762–914)
TO COUNTERTOP
LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
THROUGH TOP OF HOOD
WIDTH OF HOOD
18"
(457)
HEIGHT
OF HOOD
30"
TO
36"
(762–914)
TO COUNTERTOP
34"
(864)
DEPTH OF HOOD
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
108
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
W O L F P R O V E N T I L A T I O N
W O L F P R O H O O D L I N E R S
Wolf Pro hood liners allow you to incorporate superior ventilation within your kitchen design.
Whether you prefer French country or modernist, the Pro hood liners take care of the interior design, with true superior ventilation. All you have to do is decide what it will look like.
Sometimes referred to as power packs, these liners bring all the controls, lighting and convenience of our new ventilation line for those applications with a custom exterior treatment.
Wolf Pro hood liners are recommended for use with all Wolf cooking appliances and are available to accommodate 36" (914), 42" (1067), 48"
(1219), 54" (1372) and 60" (1524) wide hoods.
P L A N N I N G I N F O R M A T I O N
Pro hood liners are available to accommodate
36" (914), 42" (1067), 48" (1219), 54" (1372) and 60" (1524) wide hoods.
The ventilation hood should be at least as wide as the cooking surface. It is recommended that the hood overlap the cooking surface by 3" (76) on either side.
Installation of all Pro hood liners should be
30" (762) to 36" (914) from the bottom of the decorative hood to the countertop.
The specifications provide overall dimensions and installation specifics for Pro hood liners.
Refer to pages 111–114 for blower and ducting considerations and pages 117–120 for Pro ventilation recommendations.
F E A T U R E S
Stainless steel enclosed liner with seamed construction
Internal, in-line and remote blower options
Recessed easy-access controls
Infinite-speed blower control
Heat sentry feature automatically turns unit on when heat is sensed and automatically adjusts blower speed
Halogen lighting with two settings
Removable, dishwasher-safe, restaurant-grade stainless steel baffle filters
Transition with backdraft damper included
E L E C T R I C A L R E Q U I R E M E N T S
Wolf Pro hood liners require a separate, grounded 120 V AC, 60 Hz power supply. The service should have its own 15 amp circuit breaker. Placement of the electrical supply is not critical, as long as you provide enough 120 V AC power cable to make your electrical connections.
Locate electrical within the shaded area shown in the Installation Specifications illustration.
IMPORTANT NOTE: A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) is not recommended and may cause interruption of operation.
You must follow all National Electrical Code regulations. In addition, be aware of local codes and ordinances when installing your service.
Pro Hood Liner
M O D E L O P T I O N S
Pro Hood Liners
For 36" (914) Hood
For 42" (1067) Hood
For 48" (1219) Hood
For 54" (1372) Hood
For 60" (1524) Hood
PL342212
PL402212
PL462212
PL522212
PL582212
A C C E S S O R I E S
Pro Hood Liners
38" (965) high classic stainless steel backsplash with or without warming racks
Accessories are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the
Showroom Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
109
W O L F P R O V E N T I L A T I O N
S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Pro Hood Liners
Overall Width
PL342212
PL402212
PL462212
PL522212
PL582212
Overall Height
Overall Depth
Bottom of Hood to Countertop
Duct Size
Discharge
Internal Blower*
In-Line Blower*
Remote Blowers*
Electrical Supply
34
40
46
52
58
12" (305)
22
3
/
8
" (873)
3
/
8
" (1026)
3
/
8
" (1178)
3
/
8
" (1330)
3
/
8
" (1483)
1
/
2
" (572)
30" (762) to 36" (914)
10" (254) Round
Vertical
1200 CFM
1100 CFM
900, 1200 or 1500 CFM
110 / 120 V AC, 60 Hz
15 amp circuit
39–65 lbs (18–29 kg)
Shipping Weight
(shell only)
*Blower options vary with the size of hood and cooking surface. Refer to the Pro ventilation recommendations on pages 117–120.
O V E R A L L D I M E N S I O N S
Pro Hood Liners
TOP WIDTH
SUBTRACT 6" (152) FROM OVERALL WIDTH
3"
(76)
22
3
/
4
"
(578)
3"
(76)
OVERALL WIDTH
Unit dimensions may vary to ±
1
/
8
" (3).
I N S T A L L A T I O N S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
Pro Hood Liners
12"
(305)
OVERALL
HEIGHT
1
3
/
8
"
(35)
12"
(305)
22
1
/
2
"
(572)
OVERALL DEPTH
D E C O R A T I V E H O O D
A decorative hood can be created out of wood, plaster, tile or metal. The shape of the decorative hood is not critical. The only place where the liner and outside cover must meet is at the bottom edge of the metal liner. The decorative hood and liner must fit at the bottom edge in both width and depth.
The height of the liner does not have to be the same as the height of the decorative hood and is generally shorter.
The top depth of the liner, which is 12"
(305) standard, must be less than the interior depth of the decorative hood.
Measure the interior depth of the hood at the top height of the liner to make sure the liner will fit inside the decorative hood.
The hood liner comes standard with a 4"
(102) lower reveal. Be sure to include this dimension in your decorative hood selection.
Always use the interior measurements of the decorative hood and measure in multiple places. Use the smallest dimensions to verify hood liner specifications.
30"
TO
36"
(762–914)
TO COUNTERTOP
LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL
6"
(152)
DECORATIVE HOOD
E
5"
(127)
HOOD LINER
WIDTH OF LINER
DECORATIVE HOOD
12"
(305)
HEIGHT OF LINER
4"
(102)
HOOD LINER
30"
TO
36"
(762–914)
TO COUNTERTOP
22
1
/
2
"
(572)
DEPTH OF LINER
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
110
W O L F P R O V E N T I L A T I O N
B L O W E R C O N S I D E R A T I O N S
All Pro ventilation hoods and hood liners are shipped without the blower assembly. Internal, in-line and remote blower assemblies are available. Remote blowers can be mounted on the roof or an exterior wall.
The blower assemblies are quite varied, and depending on the amount of air you want to move and the length of the duct run, you have many options.
A straight, short duct run with a limited number of elbows and transitions will allow the ventilation hood to perform most efficiently. Pro ventilation hoods and hood liners will operate most efficiently when ductwork does not exceed
50' (15 m) in length.
A remote mounted blower will minimize the amount of blower noise, but will not eliminate the noise completely.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Install these ventilation hoods and hood liners only with a Wolf blower.
Refer to the Pro ventilation recommendations on pages 117–120.
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
D U C T I N G C O N S I D E R A T I O N S
Pro Low-Profile Wall Hoods
(Refer to the following page for additional ducting considerations.)
DUCTWORK INSTALLATION
THROUGH ROOF
ROOF CAP OR REMOTE BLOWER
10"
(254) ROUND DUCT
SOFFIT OR CABINET
OR DUCT COVER
ACCESSORY TRANSITION
FOR IN-LINE OR
REMOTE BLOWER
17
3
9
/
4
"W x 4
1
/
4
"D TO 10" ROUND
3
/
8
"H (INCLUDING FLANGES)
VERTICAL DISCHARGE
10"
(254)
HEIGHT OF HOOD
WALL HOOD
22"
(559)
DEPTH OF HOOD
30"
TO
36"
(762–914)
COUNTERTOP
TO BOTTOM OF
VENTILATION HOOD
Pro 24" (610) Deep Wall Hoods
ROOF CAP OR REMOTE BLOWER
10"
(254) ROUND DUCT
SOFFIT OR CABINET
OR DUCT COVER
18"
(457)
HEIGHT OF HOOD WALL HOOD
30"
TO
36"
(762–914)
COUNTERTOP
TO BOTTOM OF
VENTILATION HOOD
24"
(610)
DEPTH OF HOOD
DUCTWORK INSTALLATION
THROUGH ROOF
TRANSITION
22
1
/
4
"W x 9"D TO 10" ROUND
10"H (INCLUDING FLANGES)
VERTICAL DISCHARGE
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
NOTE: 10" (254) ROUND ACCESSORY TRANSITION SHOWN IN VERTICAL DISCHARGE APPLICATION WITH
IN-LINE OR REMOTE BLOWER. REFER TO INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR HORIZONTAL DISHCARGE.
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
NOTE: HORIZONTAL DISCHARGE REQUIRES AN ACCESSORY KIT.
111
W O L F P R O V E N T I L A T I O N
D U C T I N G C O N S I D E R A T I O N S
IMPORTANT NOTE: Unless a recirculating kit is being used, all Wolf Pro ventilation hoods and hood liners must be vented to the outside. Use only metal ductwork.
Wolf Pro low-profile wall hoods come standard from the factory with horizontal or vertical discharge.
IMPORTANT NOTE: When using an in-line or external blower with the low-profile hood, use either the optional accessory 10" (254) round transition or a custom piece. The rectangular cut-out on the hood is 3
1
/
4
" (83) x 14" (356).
IMPORTANT NOTE: Internal blower WBLOWER-
50INT comes with a transition for use with
3
1
/
4
" (83) x 10" (254) ducting attached to the blower. A 3
1
/
4
" (83) x 10" (254) to 8" (203) round transition is available as a sales accessory.
Wolf Pro 24" (610) and 27" (686) deep wall hoods have a vertical discharge. A horizontal discharge kit is available as a sales accessory.
In a horizontal discharge application, additional framework may be needed to accommodate the remote blower. Consult your local HVAC professional for specific requirements in this application.
Wolf Pro wall chimney hoods, island hoods and hood liners have a vertical discharge.
Refer to illustrations on the previous page for ducting considerations for the Pro low-profile and Pro 24" (610) deep wall hoods. Refer to illustrations below for the Pro 27" (686) deep wall hoods and Pro wall chimney hoods. Refer to illustrations on the following page for the Pro island hoods and Pro hood liners.
D U C T I N G C O N S I D E R A T I O N S
Pro 27" (686) Deep Wall Hoods Pro Wall Chimney Hoods
DUCTWORK INSTALLATION
THROUGH ROOF
DUCTWORK INSTALLATION
THROUGH ROOF
ROOF CAP OR REMOTE BLOWER
10"
(254) ROUND DUCT
SOFFIT OR CABINET
OR DUCT COVER
18"
(457)
HEIGHT OF HOOD WALL HOOD
30"
TO
36"
(762–914)
COUNTERTOP
TO BOTTOM OF
VENTILATION HOOD
27"
(686)
DEPTH OF HOOD
TRANSITION
22
1
/
4
"W x 9"D TO 10" ROUND
10"H (INCLUDING FLANGES)
VERTICAL DISCHARGE
ROOF CAP OR REMOTE BLOWER
10"
(254) ROUND DUCT
SOFFIT OR CABINET
OR DUCT COVER
18"
(457)
HEIGHT
OF HOOD
WALL HOOD
30"
TO
36"
(762–914)
COUNTERTOP
TO BOTTOM OF
VENTILATION HOOD
24"
(610)
DEPTH OF HOOD
TRANSITION
14"W x 9
3
/
4
"D TO 10" ROUND
7"H (INCLUDING FLANGES)
VERTICAL DISCHARGE
16
3
/
4
"
(425)
TOP OF WOOD
MOUNTING STRIP
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
NOTE: HORIZONTAL DISCHARGE REQUIRES AN ACCESSORY KIT.
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
NOTE: VERTICAL DISCHARGE ONLY FOR PRO WALL CHIMNEY HOODS.
112
W O L F P R O V E N T I L A T I O N
R E C I R C U L A T I N G K I T
If you are installing the accessory recirculating kit, refer to the instructions included with the kit before installing the hood. Accessory kits are available through your Wolf dealer.
H O R I Z O N T A L D I S C H A R G E K I T
Horizontal discharge kits are available for Pro
24" (610) and 27" (686) deep wall hoods using a horizontal discharge. Refer to the instructions included in the kit for complete mounting and blower options. Accessory kits are available through your Wolf dealer.
Refer to installation instructions shipped with each Wolf product for detailed specifications.
D U C T I N G C O N S I D E R A T I O N S
Pro Island Hoods
DUCTWORK INSTALLATION
THROUGH ROOF
ROOF CAP OR REMOTE BLOWER
10" ROUND DUCT
TRANSITION
14
1
/
8
"W x 9"D TO 10" ROUND
7"H (INCLUDING FLANGES)
18"
(457)
HEIGHT OF HOOD
ISLAND HOOD
SOFFIT, CABINET OR
DUCT COVER
VERTICAL
DISCHARGE
30"
TO
36"
(762–914)
COUNTERTOP
TO BOTTOM OF
VENTILATION HOOD
34"
(864)
DEPTH OF HOOD
Pro Hood Liners
DUCTWORK INSTALLATION
THROUGH ROOF
ROOF CAP OR REMOTE BLOWER
10" ROUND DUCT
SOFFIT OR CABINET
OR DUCT COVER
DECORATIVE HOOD
12"
(305)
HEIGHT OF LINER
HOOD LINER
30"
TO
36"
(762–914)
COUNTERTOP
TO BOTTOM OF
DECORATIVE HOOD
22
1
/
2
"
(572)
DEPTH OF LINER
TRANSITION
22
1
/
4
"W x 9"D
TO 10" ROUND 10"H
DIMENSIONS INCLUDE FLANGES
VERTICAL DISCHARGE
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
VERTICAL DISCHARGE ONLY FOR ISLAND HOODS.
36"
(914)
STANDARD
FLOOR TO
COUNTERTOP
HEIGHT
VERTICAL DISCHARGE ONLY FOR VENTILATION HOOD LINERS.
113
W O L F P R O V E N T I L A T I O N
A C C E S S O R I E S
Blower assemblies are available through your Wolf dealer. To obtain local dealer information, visit the Showroom
Locator section of our website, wolfappliance.com.
W O L F B L O W E R A S S E M B L I E S
A ventilation system must include a blower assembly. Wolf ventilation hoods and downdrafts are shipped without the blower assembly.
An internal, in-line or remote blower assembly must be selected to accommodate the cooking appliance, CFM requirements and homeowner preferences. Internal, in-line and remote blower assemblies are available as sales accessories through your Wolf dealer.
Internal blowers are mounted inside the hood canopy or downdraft blower box.
Wolf in-line blowers are mounted between the hood and the exterior of the home. Ducting runs from the hood and connects to the blower. More ducting is attached to the other side of the blower and runs to the exterior of the home. An in-line blower is a good option for those who do not want the blower mounted inside the hood but cannot, or prefer not to, mount a remote blower on the exterior of the home.
Remote blowers can be mounted on the roof or, in some cases, on an exterior wall. A remotemounted blower will minimize the amount of blower noise but will not eliminate the noise completely.
Wolf internal, in-line and remote blowers are for use with Wolf cooktop hoods, downdraft systems and Pro ventilation hoods and hood liners.
Cooktop and Pro ventilation recommendation charts on pages 115–120 provide minimum CFM recommendations according to the cooking appliance and ventilation system used and blower options for each specific ventilation hood or downdraft.
Refer to the illustrations below for dimensions of
Wolf in-line and remote blowers. Installation instructions shipped with each Wolf ventilation product provide detailed specifications. These instructions can also be found on our website, wolfappliance.com.
I N - L I N E B L O W E R S
24
3
/
8
"
(619)
11
3
/
4
(298)
"
18
1
/
2
"
(470)
4
1
/
2
"
(114)
21
1
/
2
"
(546) 12
1
/
4
"
(311)
BLOWER-60IL
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
24
7/8
"
(632)
18"
(457)
12"
(305)
22"
(559)
8"
(203)
18"
(457)
BLOWER-110IL
114
R E M O T E B L O W E R S
28
1/4
"
(718)
15
1/2
"
(394)
10"
(254)
Diameter
20
3/4
"
(527)
24
1/2
"
(622)
29
1/2
"
(749)
14
3/4
"
(375)
10"
(254)
Diameter
21"
(533)
10"
(254)
29
1/2
"
(749)
14"
(356)
24
3/4
(629)
"
4
3/4
"
(121)
BLOWER-60REM and
BLOWER-90REM
10
3/8
"
(264)
25"
(635)
BLOWER-150REM
7 1/4
"
(184)
29
1/2
(749)
"
14
3/4
"
(375)
10"
(254)
Diameter
18"
(457)
10"
(254)
29
1/2
"
(749)
10
1/8
"
(257)
22"
(559)
BLOWER-120REM
7 1/4
"
(184)
V E N T I L A T I O N R E C O M M E N D A T I O N S
C O O K T O P V E N T I L A T I O N C F M R E C O M M E N D A T I O N S
C O O K T O P H O O D S A N D D O W N D R A F T S
Induction Cooktops
Model CT15I
Model CT30I
Model CT36I
CTWH30 CTWH36 IH4227
215*
450
215*
600
600
215*
600
600
DD30
215*
500
DD36
500
DD45 Pro Hoods
150*
350
215*
600
600
Electric Cooktops
Model CT15E
Model CT30E
Model CT30EU
Model CT36E
Model CT36EU
CTWH30 CTWH36 IH4227
215*
450
450
215*
600
600
600
600
215*
600
600
600
600
DD30
215*
500
DD36
500
DD45 Pro Hoods
150*
350
215*
600
600
600
600
Gas Cooktops
Model CT15G
Model CT30G
Model CT36G
CTWH30 CTWH36 IH4227
215*
450
215*
600
600
215*
600
600
DD30
215*
500
DD36 DD45 Pro Hoods
150*
350
215*
600
600
Integrated Modules
Model IG15
Model IS15
Model IF15
Model IM15
CTWH30 CTWH36 IH4227
215*
215*
215*
215*
215*
215*
215*
215*
215*
215*
215*
215*
DD30
215*
500
DD36 DD45
150*
Pro Hoods
215*
215*
215*
215*
Sealed Burner Rangetops
Model SRT304
Model SRT366
CTWH30 CTWH36 IH4227 DD30
600
DD36 DD45
900
*Use these recommendations to determine total CFM when installing multiple cooktops or modules.
Pro Hoods
600
900
C F M
Recommendations are based on total
Btu/hr output. Wolf recommends 1 CFM per 100 Btu/hr
(.03 kW). Additional
CFM may be required for charbroilers, griddles and long duct runs.
115
V E N T I L A T I O N R E C O M M E N D A T I O N S
C O O K T O P V E N T I L A T I O N B L O W E R O P T I O N S
I M P O R T A N T
N O T E
Blower configurations are for reference only. Refer to the minimum CFM recommendations for your specific cooking appliance. Consult a qualified HVAC engineer for specific installation and ducting applications.
C O O K T O P W A L L A N D I S L A N D H O O D S
Blower Description
450 CFM Internal
600 CFM Internal
900 CFM Internal
600 CFM In-Line
1100 CFM In-Line
600 CFM Remote
900 CFM Remote
1200 CFM Remote
1500 CFM Remote
Blower Number
CTBLOWER-45INT (801643 – 810313 as of Fall 2007)
CTBLOWER-60INT (801644 – 810314 as of Fall 2007)
CTBLOWER-90INT (801645 – 810315 as of Fall 2007)
BLOWER-60IL (808331)
BLOWER-110IL (808332)
BLOWER-60REM (801640)
BLOWER-90REM (801641)
BLOWER-120REM (801642)
BLOWER-150REM (804701)
Cooktop Hood Models
CTWH30
CTWH36 / IH4227
CTWH36 / IH4227
CTWH30 / CTWH36 / IH4227
CTWH30 / CTWH36 / IH4227
CTWH30 / CTWH36 / IH4227
CTWH30 / CTWH36 / IH4227
CTWH30 / CTWH36 / IH4227
CTWH30 / CTWH36 / IH4227
Vertical discharge with 8" (203) round duct for wall and island hoods. Transition not required for internal blowers; in-line and remote blowers require TRANS-8-10. Backdraft damper included.
D O W N D R A F T S Y S T E M S
Blower Description
500 CFM Internal
1100 CFM In-Line
900 CFM Remote
1200 CFM Remote
1500 CFM Remote
Blower Number
Included with (I) Models
BLOWER-110IL (808332)
BLOWER-90REM (801641)
BLOWER-120REM (801642)
BLOWER-150REM (804701)
Downdraft Models
DD30I / DD36I / DD45I
DD30R / DD36R / DD45R
DD30R / DD36R / DD45R
DD30R / DD36R / DD45R
DD30R / DD36R / DD45R
Adjustable discharge. 3
1
/
4
" (83) x 10" (254) duct for internal blower, no transition required. 3
1
/
4
" (83) x 14" (356) duct for in-line and remote blowers. TRANS-14-10 required for remote blowers.
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
116
V E N T I L A T I O N R E C O M M E N D A T I O N S
P R O V E N T I L A T I O N C F M R E C O M M E N D A T I O N S
P R O L O W - P R O F I L E W A L L H O O D S
Model PW302210 PW362210 PW422210 PW482210
DF304 / R304 / SRT304
DF366 / R366 / SRT366 / RT366
500/600 500/600
900
DF364 / R364 / SRT364 / RT364
RT362
DF484 / R484 / SRT484 / RT484
900
900
900
900
900
900
P R O 2 4 " ( 6 1 0 ) D E E P W A L L H O O D S
Model
DF304 / R304 / SRT304
DF366 / R366 / SRT366 / RT366
DF364 / R364 / SRT364 / RT364
PW302418 PW362418 PW422418 PW482418 PW542418 PW602418 PW662418
600 600
900
900
900
900
900 900 RT362
R488 / RT488
DF486 / R486 / SRT486 / RT486
DF484 / R484 / SRT484 / RT484
DF606 / R606
DF604
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1500
1500
1500
1500
I M P O R T A N T
N O T E
For optimal performance in wall hood applications, a Pro
27" (686) deep wall hood is recommended for use with ranges and rangetops that contain a charbroiler or griddle.
C F M
Recommendations are based on total
Btu/hr output. Wolf recommends 1 CFM per 100 Btu/hr
(.03 kW). Additional
CFM may be required for charbroilers, griddles and long duct runs.
P R O 2 7 " ( 6 8 6 ) D E E P W A L L H O O D S
Model
DF304 / R304 / SRT304
DF366 / R366 / SRT366 / RT366
DF364 / R364 / SRT364 / RT364
RT362
R488 / RT488
DF486 / R486 / SRT486 / RT486
DF484 / R484 / SRT484 / RT484
PW302718 PW362718 PW422718 PW482718 PW542718 PW602718 PW662718
600 600
900
900
900
900
900
900
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
DF606 / R606
DF604
1500
1500
1500
1500
M O D E L
N U M B E R S
Model numbers for dual fuel ranges, gas ranges, sealed burner rangetops and gas rangetops indicate width and number of surface burners. Features such as a charbroiler, griddle and/or French
Top will vary.
117
V E N T I L A T I O N R E C O M M E N D A T I O N S
P R O V E N T I L A T I O N C F M R E C O M M E N D A T I O N S
C F M
Recommendations are based on total
Btu/hr output. Wolf recommends 1 CFM per 100 Btu/hr
(.03 kW). Additional
CFM may be required for charbroilers, griddles and long duct runs.
M O D E L
N U M B E R S
Model numbers for dual fuel ranges, gas ranges, sealed burner rangetops and gas rangetops indicate width and number of surface burners. Features such as a charbroiler, griddle and/or French
Top will vary.
P R O W A L L C H I M N E Y H O O D S
Model
DF304 / R304 / SRT304
DF366 / R366 / SRT366 / RT366
DF364 / R364 / SRT364 / RT364
RT362
R488 / RT488
DF486 / R486 / SRT486 / RT486
DF484 / R484 / SRT484 / RT484
PWC362418 PWC422418 PWC482418 PWC542418
600
900
900
900
600
900
900
900
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
P R O I S L A N D H O O D S
Model
DF304 / R304 / SRT304
DF366 / R366 / SRT366 / RT366
DF364 / R364 / SRT364 / RT364
RT362
R488 / RT488
DF486 / R486 / SRT486 / RT486
DF484 / R484 / SRT484 / RT484
DF606 / R606
DF604
PI363418 PI423418
600 600
900
900
900
PI543418
1100
1100
900
P R O H O O D L I N E R S
Model
DF304 / R304 / SRT304
DF366 / R366 / SRT366 / RT366
DF364 / R364 / SRT364 / RT364
RT362
R488 / RT488
DF486 / R486 / SRT486 / RT486
DF484 / R484 / SRT484 / RT484
DF606 / R606
DF604
PL342212 PL402212 PL462212 PL522212 PL582212
600 600
900 900
900
900
900
900
1100
1100
900
1100
1100
900
1500
1500
PI663418
1500
1500
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
118
V E N T I L A T I O N R E C O M M E N D A T I O N S
P R O V E N T I L A T I O N B L O W E R O P T I O N S
P R O L O W - P R O F I L E W A L L H O O D S
Blower Description
500 CFM Internal
600 CFM In-Line
600 CFM Remote
900 CFM Remote
Blower Number
WBLOWER-50INT (810991)
BLOWER-60IL (808331)
BLOWER-60REM (801640)
BLOWER-90REM (801641)
Wall Hood Models
All Low-Profile Wall Hoods
All Low-Profile Wall Hoods
All Low-Profile Wall Hoods
All Low-Profile Wall Hoods
P R O 2 4 " ( 6 1 0 ) D E E P W A L L H O O D S
Blower Description
600 CFM Internal
900 CFM Internal
1200 CFM Internal
600 CFM In-Line
1100 CFM In-Line
600 CFM Remote
900 CFM Remote
1200 CFM Remote
1500 CFM Remote
Blower Number
WBLOWER-60INT (810559)
WBLOWER-90INT (811131)
WBLOWER-120INT (810316)
BLOWER-60IL (808331)
BLOWER-110IL (808332)
BLOWER-60REM (801640)
BLOWER-90REM (801641)
BLOWER-120REM (801642)
BLOWER-150REM (804701)
Wall Hood Models
PW302418 / PW362418 / PW422418
PW302418 / PW362418 / PW422418
PW482418 / PW542418 / PW602418 / PW662418
PW302418
All 24" (610) Deep Wall Hoods
PW302418
PW302418 / PW362418 / PW422418
PW482418 / PW542418
All 24" (610) Deep Wall Hoods
All 24" (610) Deep Wall Hoods
P R O 2 7 " ( 6 8 6 ) D E E P W A L L H O O D S
Blower Description
600 CFM Internal
900 CFM Internal
1200 CFM Internal
600 CFM In-Line
1100 CFM In-Line
600 CFM Remote
900 CFM Remote
1200 CFM Remote
1500 CFM Remote
Blower Number
WBLOWER-60INT (810559)
WBLOWER-90INT (811131)
WBLOWER-120INT (810316)
BLOWER-60IL (808331)
BLOWER-110IL (808332)
BLOWER-60REM (801640)
BLOWER-90REM (801641)
BLOWER-120REM (801642)
BLOWER-150REM (804701)
Wall Hood Models
PW302718 / PW362718 / PW422718
PW302718 / PW362718 / PW422718
PW482718 / PW542718 / PW602718 / PW662718
PW302718
All 27" (686) Deep Wall Hoods
PW302718
PW302718 / PW362718 / PW422718
PW482718 / PW542718
All 27" (686) Deep Wall Hoods
All 27" (686) Deep Wall Hoods
I M P O R T A N T
N O T E
For optimal performance in wall hood applications, a Pro
27" (686) deep wall hood is recommended for use with ranges and rangetops that contain a charbroiler or griddle.
Blower configurations are for reference only. Refer to the minimum CFM recommendations for your specific cooking appliance. Consult a qualified HVAC engineer for specific installation and ducting applications.
Wall hood models without decorative rail listed; blower options are the same for (R) models.
Transition with backdraft damper included with all 24"
(610) and 27" (686) deep wall hoods.
119
V E N T I L A T I O N R E C O M M E N D A T I O N S
P R O V E N T I L A T I O N B L O W E R O P T I O N S
I M P O R T A N T
N O T E
Wall chimney and island hood models without decorative rails listed; blower options are the same for (R) models.
P R O W A L L C H I M N E Y H O O D S
Blower Description
600 CFM Internal
900 CFM Internal
1200 CFM Internal
1100 CFM In-Line
900 CFM Remote
1200 CFM Remote
1500 CFM Remote
Blower Number
CTBLOWER-60INT (801644 – 810314 as of Fall 2007)
CTBLOWER-90INT (801645 – 810315 as of Fall 2007)
IBLOWER-120INT (804703 – 810317 as of Fall 2007)
BLOWER-110IL (808332)
BLOWER-90REM (801641)
BLOWER-120REM (801642)
BLOWER-150REM (804701)
Wall Chimney Hood Models
PWC362418 / PWC422418
PWC362418 / PWC422418
PWC482418 / PWC542418
All Pro Wall Chimney Hoods
All Pro Wall Chimney Hoods
All Pro Wall Chimney Hoods
All Pro Wall Chimney Hoods
For optimal performance in wall hood applications, a Pro
27" (686) deep wall hood is recommended for use with ranges and rangetops that contain a charbroiler or griddle.
Blower configurations are for reference only. Refer to the minimum CFM recommendations for your specific cooking appliance. Consult a qualified HVAC engineer for specific installation and ducting applications.
P R O I S L A N D H O O D S
Blower Description
1200 CFM Internal
1100 CFM In-Line
900 CFM Remote
1200 CFM Remote
1500 CFM Remote
Blower Number
IBLOWER-120INT (804703 – 810317 as of Fall 2007)
BLOWER-110IL (808332)
BLOWER-90REM (801641)
BLOWER-120REM (801642)
BLOWER-150REM (804701)
Island Hood Models
All Island Hoods
All Island Hoods
PI363418 / PI423418 / PI543418
All Island Hoods
All Island Hoods
P R O H O O D L I N E R S
Blower Description
1200 CFM Internal
1100 CFM In-Line
900 CFM Remote
1200 CFM Remote
1500 CFM Remote
Blower Number
LBLOWER-120INT (805087)
BLOWER-110IL (808332)
BLOWER-90REM (801641)
BLOWER-120REM (801642)
BLOWER-150REM (804701)
Hood Liner Models
All Hood Liners
All Hood Liners
All Hood Liners
All Hood Liners
All Hood Liners
Transition with backdraft damper included with all wall chimney hoods, island hoods and hood liners.
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
120
W
O L F
A
P P L I A N C E
P
R O D U C T S
L
I M I T E D
W
A R R A N T Y
RESIDENTIAL USE ONLY
FULL TWO YEAR WARRANTY*
For two years from the date of original installation, your Wolf Appliance product warranty covers all parts and labor to repair or replace any part of the product that proves to be defective in materials or workmanship. All service provided by Wolf Appliance under the above warranty must be performed by a Wolf Appliance authorized service center, unless otherwise specified by Wolf
Appliance. Service will be provided in the home during normal business hours.
LIMITED THIRD THROUGH FIFTH YEAR WARRANTY
From the third through fifth year from the date of original installation, Wolf Appliance will repair or replace the following parts that prove to be defective in materials or workmanship. Labor to remove and replace defective parts is not covered. Wolf Appliance recommends that you use a Wolf
Appliance authorized service center to perform such service.
Gas Burners (excluding appearance), Electric Heating Elements, Blower Motors (vent hoods),
Electronic Control Boards, Magnetron Tubes and Induction Generators
LIMITED LIFETIME WARRANTY
For the life of the product, Wolf Appliance will repair or replace any outdoor gas grill body or hood that rusts through due to defective material or workmanship. Labor to remove and replace defective parts is not covered. Wolf Appliance recommends that you use a Wolf Appliance authorized service center to perform such service.
TERMS APPLICABLE TO EACH WARRANTY
The warranty applies only to products installed for normal residential use. The warranty applies only to products installed in any one of the fifty states of the United States, the District of Columbia or the ten provinces of Canada. This warranty does not cover any parts or labor to correct any defect caused by negligence, accident or improper use, maintenance, installation, service or repair.
THE REMEDIES DESCRIBED ABOVE FOR EACH WARRANTY ARE THE ONLY ONES THAT WOLF
APPLIANCE, INC. WILL PROVIDE, EITHER UNDER THIS WARRANTY OR UNDER ANY WARRANTY
ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW. WOLF APPLIANCE, INC. WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM THE BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY
OR ANY OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY.
Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other legal rights that vary from state to state.
To receive parts and/or service and the name of the Wolf Appliance authorized service center nearest you, contact Wolf Appliance, Inc., P. O. Box 44848, Madison, Wisconsin 53744; check the
Constant Care section of our website, wolfappliance.com, or call 800-332-9513.
* Stainless Steel (classic, platinum and carbon) doors, panels and product frames are covered by a limited 60 day parts and labor warranty for cosmetic defects.
121
122
W
O L F
A
P P L I A N C E O U T D O O R
P
R O D U C T S
L
I M I T E D
W
A R R A N T Y
RESIDENTIAL USE ONLY
FULL ONE YEAR WARRANTY*
For one year from the date of original installation, your Wolf Appliance product warranty covers all parts and labor to repair or replace any part of the product that proves to be defective in materials or workmanship. All service provided by Wolf Appliance under the above warranty must be performed by a Wolf Appliance authorized service center, unless otherwise specified by Wolf
Appliance. Service will be provided in the home during normal business hours.
LIMITED LIFETIME WARRANTY
For the life of the product, Wolf Appliance will repair or replace any outdoor gas grill body or hood that rusts through due to defective material or workmanship. Labor to remove and replace defective parts is not covered. Wolf Appliance recommends that you use a Wolf Appliance authorized service center to perform such service.
TERMS APPLICABLE TO EACH WARRANTY
The warranty applies only to products installed for normal residential use. The warranty applies only to products installed in any one of the fifty states of the United States, the District of Columbia or the ten provinces of Canada. This warranty does not cover any parts or labor to correct any defect caused by negligence, accident or improper use, maintenance, installation, service or repair.
THE REMEDIES DESCRIBED ABOVE FOR EACH WARRANTY ARE THE ONLY ONES THAT WOLF
APPLIANCE, INC. WILL PROVIDE, EITHER UNDER THIS WARRANTY OR UNDER ANY WARRANTY
ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW. WOLF APPLIANCE, INC. WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM THE BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY
OR ANY OTHER WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY.
Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other legal rights that vary from state to state.
To receive parts and/or service and the name of the Wolf Appliance authorized service center nearest you, contact Wolf Appliance, Inc., P. O. Box 44848, Madison, Wisconsin 53744; check the
Constant Care section of our website, wolfappliance.com, or call 800-332-9513.
* Stainless Steel (classic, platinum and carbon) doors, panels and product frames are covered by a limited 60 day parts and labor warranty for cosmetic defects.
The information and images in this guide are the copyright property of Wolf Appliance, Inc., an affiliate of Sub-Zero, Inc. Neither this book nor any information or images contained herein may be copied or used in whole or in part without the express written permission of Wolf Appliance, Inc., an affiliate of Sub-Zero, Inc.
©Wolf Appliance, Inc. all rights reserved.
123
WOLF APPLIANCE, INC.
P. O. BOX 44848 MADISON, WI 53744 800.332.9513
WOLFAPPLIANCE.COM
808255 REV-C 8/2007

Public link updated
The public link to your chat has been updated.
Advertisement
Key features
- Dual convection system
- Ten cooking modes
- Cobalt blue porcelain interior
- Temperature probe
- 1.5 cu ft capacity
- 900 watts of power